6-K 1 EDGAR1december2021ubs.htm ubsbaselIIIpillar3report20206k

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________

 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

 

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16 UNDER

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date: March 7, 2022

 

 

UBS Group AG

Commission File Number: 1-36764

 

UBS AG

Commission File Number: 1-15060

 

 

(Registrants' Name)

 

Bahnhofstrasse 45, Zurich, Switzerland and
Aeschenvorstadt 1, Basel, Switzerland

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants file or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20‑F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F                         Form 40-F  

 


 

This Form 6-K consists of the 31 December 2021 Pillar 3 Report of UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups, which appears immediately following this page.

 

 


 

 

 

 

31 December 2021 Pillar 3 Report

 

UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terms used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise

“UBS,” “UBS Group,” “UBS Group AG consolidated,” “Group,” “the Group,” “we,” “us” and “our”

UBS Group AG and its consolidated subsidiaries

“UBS AG consolidated”

UBS AG and its consolidated subsidiaries

“UBS Group AG” and “UBS Group AG standalone”

UBS Group AG on a standalone basis

“UBS AG” and “UBS AG standalone”

UBS AG on a standalone basis

“UBS Switzerland AG” and “UBS Switzerland AG standalone”

UBS Switzerland AG on a standalone basis

“UBS Europe SE consolidated”

UBS Europe SE and its consolidated subsidiaries

“UBS Americas Holding LLC” and

“UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated”

UBS Americas Holding LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries

 


 

Table of contents

Introduction and basis for preparation

 

UBS Group

18

Section 1

Key metrics

21

Section 2

Overview of risk-weighted assets

23

Section 3

Linkage between financial statements and

regulatory exposures

26

Section 4

Credit risk

57

Section 5

Counterparty credit risk

68

Section 6

Comparison of A-IRB approach and

standardized approach for credit risk

73

Section 7

Securitizations

76

Section 8

Market risk

85

Section 9

Operational risk

86

Section 10

Interest rate risk in the banking book

89

Section 11

Going and gone concern requirements
and eligible capital

97

Section 12

Total loss-absorbing capacity

99

Section 13

Leverage ratio

102

Section 14

Liquidity and funding

106

Section 15

Remuneration

107

Section 16

Requirements for global systemically important banks and related indicators

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

110

Section 1

Introduction

111

Section 2

UBS AG standalone

117

Section 3

UBS Switzerland AG standalone

124

Section 4

UBS Europe SE consolidated

125

Section 5

UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

 

 

 

Appendix

127

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports

129

Cautionary statement

       

Contacts

 


Switchboards

For all general inquiries.
ubs.com/contact

Zurich +41-44-234 1111
London +44-207-567 8000
New York +1-212-821 3000
Hong Kong SAR +852-2971 8888
Singapore +65-6495 8000

Investor Relations

UBS’s Investor Relations team manages relationships with institutional investors, research analysts and credit rating agencies.

ubs.com/investors

Zurich +41-44-234 4100
New York +1-212-882 5734

Media Relations

UBS’s Media Relations team
manages relationships with global media and journalists.

ubs.com/media

Zurich +41-44-234 8500
mediarelations@ubs.com

London +44-20-7567 4714
ubs-media-relations@ubs.com

New York +1-212-882 5858
mediarelations@ubs.com

Hong Kong SAR +852-2971 8200
sh-mediarelations-ap@ubs.com


Office of the Group Company Secretary

The Group Company Secretary handles inquiries directed to the Chairman or to other members
of the Board of Directors.

UBS Group AG, Office of the
Group Company Secretary
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-company-secretary@ubs.com

Zurich +41-44-235 6652

Shareholder Services

UBS’s Shareholder Services team,
a unit of the Group Company Secretary’s office, manages relationships with shareholders and the registration of UBS Group AG registered shares.

UBS Group AG, Shareholder Services
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-shareholder-services@ubs.com

Zurich +41-44-235 6652

US Transfer Agent

For global registered share-related
inquiries in the US.

Computershare Trust Company NA
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233-5000, USA

Shareholder online inquiries:
www-us.computershare.com/
investor/contact

Shareholder website:
computershare.com/investor

Calls from the US

+1-866-305-9566
Calls from outside the US
+1-781-575-2623
TDD for hearing impaired
+1-800-231-5469
TDD for foreign shareholders
+1-201-680-6610

 


Imprint

Publisher: UBS Group AG, Zurich, Switzerland | ubs.com
Language: English

© UBS 2022. The key symbol and UBS are among the registered and unregistered trademarks of UBS. All rights reserved.

  

 


UBS Group | Introduction and basis for preparation 

Introduction and basis for preparation

Scope of Basel III Pillar 3 disclosures

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III capital adequacy framework consists of three complementary pillars. Pillar 1 provides a framework for measuring minimum capital requirements for the credit, market, operational and non-counterparty-related risks faced by banks. Pillar 2 addresses the principles of the supervisory review process, emphasizing the need for a qualitative approach to supervising banks. Pillar 3 requires banks to publish a range of disclosures, mainly covering risk, capital, leverage, liquidity and remuneration.

This report provides Pillar 3 disclosures for the UBS Group and prudential key figures and regulatory information for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated in the respective sections under “Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups.”

As UBS is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law, UBS Group AG and UBS AG are required to comply with regulations based on the Basel III framework as applicable to Swiss SRBs on a consolidated basis. Capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2021 for UBS Group AG consolidated is provided in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021 and for UBS AG consolidated in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of the combined UBS Group AG and UBS AG Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

Local regulators may also require the publication of Pillar 3 information at a subsidiary or sub-group level. Where applicable, these local disclosures are provided under “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at ubs.com/investors

Significant BCBS and FINMA capital adequacy, liquidity and funding, and related disclosure requirements

This Pillar 3 Report has been prepared in accordance with Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) Pillar 3 disclosure requirements (FINMA Circular 2016/1 “Disclosure – banks”) as revised on 8 December 2021, the underlying BCBS guidance “Revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in January 2015, the “Frequently asked questions on the revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in August 2016, the “Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – consolidated and enhanced framework” issued in March 2017 and the subsequent “Technical Amendment – Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – regulatory treatment of accounting provisions” issued in August 2018.


Pillar 1 requirements: regulatory and legal developments

Reactivation of the Swiss Countercyclical Buffer

In January 2022, the Swiss Federal Council decided, at the request of the SNB, to reactivate the countercyclical capital buffer, at a maximum level of 2.5% on risk-weighted positions that are directly or indirectly backed by residential properties in Switzerland. This is expected to increase our common equity tier 1 (CET1) minimum capital requirement by approximately 30 basis points. The reactivated countercyclical capital buffer will become effective on 30 September 2022.

NSFR implementation

On 1 July 2021, the net stable funding ratio (the NSFR) regulation, which was adopted by the Swiss Federal Council in 2020, came into effect. It applies to UBS Group AG at the consolidated level and to UBS AG, UBS Switzerland AG and UBS Swiss Financial Advisers AG at the standalone level.

Based on the regulation, and as agreed with FINMA, UBS AG standalone is required to maintain a minimum NSFR of at least 80% without taking into account excess funding of UBS Switzerland AG and 100% after taking into account such excess funding.

For UBS Europe SE, the local disclosure requirement for the net stable funding ratio (the NSFR) came into force in June 2021. For UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated, the NSFR requirement became effective as of 1 July 2021 and related disclosures will come into effect in the second quarter of 2023.

    Refer to “Liquidity and funding management” in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors 

    Refer to the “Key metrics,” “UBS AG standalone” and “UBS Switzerland AG standalone” sections of this report

FINMA’s assessment of the recovery and resolution planning

In March 2021, FINMA published its annual assessment of the recovery and resolution plans of systemically important financial institutions in Switzerland. The report shows that FINMA approved UBS’s group recovery plan and assessed its Swiss Emergency Plan as effective. It also highlighted that UBS made further progress in improving its global resolvability by building up the necessary capabilities and removing obstacles to the implementation of the resolution strategy, while pointing out areas for further improvement.

Based on the actions we had completed by December 2020 to improve resolvability, FINMA granted an increase of the maximum rebate, from 47.5% to 55.0%, on the Swiss SRB gone concern capital requirements for UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated, effective from 1 July 2021.

    Refer to the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of this report

 

2 


 

Changes to capital add-on requirements

Effective from the third quarter of 2021, the applicable market share add-on requirements set by FINMA for UBS Group AG consolidated, UBS AG standalone and UBS Switzerland AG standalone increased from 0.36% to 0.72% for risk-weighted asset (RWA) and from 0.125% to 0.25% for leverage ratio denominator (LRD) purposes. The change reflected an increase in UBS’s market share in the Swiss credit business to more than 17%.

COVID-19-related developments regarding capital regulation

The temporary exemption from FINMA for banks to exclude central bank sight deposits from the leverage ratio denominator (the LRD) for the purpose of calculating going concern ratios applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was not extended thereafter.

In March 2021, US banking regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board (the FRB), the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC) decided not to extend the temporary exclusion of central bank deposits and US Treasury securities from the leverage exposure calculation for the supplementary leverage ratio beyond March 2021. The temporary exemption was applicable to UBS Americas Holding LLC (UBSAH) with respect to US regulatory capital requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve announced that the limits on capital distributions imposed during the COVID-19 pandemic would be removed after 30 June 2021. As a result, capital distributions by UBSAH will generally be permitted for as long as it meets regulatory capital requirements, including the incremental stress capital buffer set by the FRB as part of its Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review stress test (CCAR). Following the completion of the annual Dodd–Frank Act Stress Tests (DFAST) and CCAR, UBSAH was assigned a stress capital buffer (an SCB) of 7.1% (previously 6.7%) under the SCB rule as of 1 October 2021.

In July 2021, the European Central Bank announced its decision to remove COVID-19-related restrictions on capital distributions and share buybacks by banks with effect from 1 October 2021.

Pillar 1 requirements: other developments

Capital returns

For 2021, the Board of Directors intends to propose a dividend to UBS Group AG shareholders of USD 0.50 per share. Subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting (the AGM), scheduled to be held by webcast on 6 April 2022, the dividend will be paid on 14 April 2022 to shareholders of record on 13 April 2022. The ex-dividend date will be 12 April 2022.

In 2021, we bought back USD 2.6 billion of our shares. The USD 112 million of shares repurchased under the 2018–2021 repurchase program have already been canceled, as approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM. The USD 2.5 billion of shares repurchased under the 2021–2024 repurchase program are also intended to be canceled by means of a capital reduction, pending approval by shareholders at the 2022 AGM. Looking ahead, we intend to commence a new 2022–2024 repurchase program of up to USD 6 billion and expect to execute up to USD 5 billion of repurchases under both the existing 2021–2024 repurchase program and the new program by the end of 2022.


French investigations regarding cross-border wealth management businesses

On 13 December 2021, the Court of Appeal found UBS AG guilty of unlawful solicitation and aggravated laundering of the proceeds of tax fraud relating to the bank’s cross-border business activities in France between 2004 and 2012. The court also found UBS (France) SA guilty of the aiding and abetting of unlawful solicitation, but acquitted it of charges of aggravated laundering of the proceeds of tax fraud. The court ordered UBS AG to pay a fine of EUR 3.75 million, a confiscation of EUR 1 billion, and awarded civil damages to the French state of EUR 800 million. UBS AG has filed an appeal with the French Supreme Court to preserve its rights. Our balance sheet as of 31 December 2021 reflected provisions with respect to this matter in an amount of EUR 1.1 billion (USD 1.252 billion as of 31 December 2021). We expect to reflect additional operational risk RWA in the first quarter of 2022 with a potential single-digit billion RWA impact.

    Refer to “Note 18 Provisions and contingent liabilities” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for more information

Acquisition of Wealthfront

On 26 January 2022, UBS entered into an agreement to acquire Wealthfront, an industry-leading, digital wealth management provider, for a cash consideration of USD 1.4 billion. This acquisition is aligned with our growth strategy in the Americas, will broaden our reach among affluent investors and add a new digital-first offering increasing our distribution capabilities. The transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals, and is expected to close in the second half of 2022. Upon closing of the transaction, UBS Group’s CET1 capital ratio is expected to decrease approximately 0.4 percentage points, mainly due to the deduction of newly recognized goodwill and intangible assets from CET1 capital.

Strategic partnership with Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Holdings

In 2019, UBS entered into a strategic wealth management partnership in Japan with Sumitomo Mitsui Trust Holdings, Inc. (SuMi Trust Holdings). In January 2020, the first phase was launched, with operations commencing in the joint venture that was established to promote our respective services. At the time, UBS and SuMi Trust Holdings also started offering each other’s products and services to their respective clients.

In the third quarter of 2021, the second phase of the partnership was completed, with the launch of a new operational partnership entity, UBS SuMi TRUST Wealth Management Co., Ltd., which is 51% owned and controlled by UBS, requiring us to consolidate this entity. The new entity offers global securities and wealth management capabilities, together with the custody, real estate, inheritance and wealth transfer expertise of a Japanese trust banking group.

Upon completion of this transaction in the third quarter of 2021, UBS’s CET1 capital increased by USD 189 million, with no effect on profit or loss.

 

3 


UBS Group | Introduction and basis for preparation 

Sale of our remaining investment in Clearstream Fund Centre

On 1 June 2021, we sold our remaining minority investment in Clearstream Fund Centre to Deutsche Börse AG for CHF 390 million. The transaction follows the sale of a majority investment and successful transfer of control of Fondcenter AG to Deutsche Börse AG in September 2020. The sale of our remaining 48.8% investment resulted in a post-tax gain of USD 37 million in Asset Management, with no associated net tax expense. The increase in UBS’s CET1 capital of USD 412 million was significantly greater than the gain in IFRS equity, due to the effect of goodwill associated with the investment, which had been deducted from CET1 capital. Long-term commercial cooperation arrangements remain in place for the provision of services by Clearstream to UBS, including jointly servicing banks and insurance companies.

Changes to Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

First publication of the Pillar 3 ”LIQ2 – Net stable funding ratio” table

As a result of the NSFR regulation, which was adopted by the Swiss Federal Council in 2020 and became effective on 1 July 2021, the semi-annual “LIQ2 – Net stable funding ratio” table is disclosed for the first time in this report.

    Refer to the “Liquidity and funding” section of this report

Significant model updates and accounting and methodology changes effective in or from 2021

Material model updates

Effective from the third quarter of 2020, we began to phase in RWA increases resulting from new probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) models for the mortgage portfolio in the US. As agreed with FINMA, the effect on RWA was phased in over six quarters, through the end of 2021, resulting in an increase of USD 0.5 billion in the fourth quarter and USD 2.0 billion in the full year 2021.

At the beginning of the second quarter of 2021, we also began to phase in an RWA increase related to a new model for structured margin loans and similar products in Global Wealth Management. This RWA increase is being phased in over five quarters and the model will be fully implemented by the second quarter of 2022. As a result, RWA increased by USD 0.7 billion in the fourth quarter of 2021, and will increase by USD 2.1 billion in the full year 2021.

In addition, we have updated the LGD model for mortgages in Switzerland, which resulted in an RWA increase of USD 0.9 billion in the second quarter of 2021.

Furthermore, the third quarter of 2021 also included an RWA reduction of USD 0.3 billion related to the introduction of new models for the leasing of aircraft and industrial goods.

Material regulatory add-ons

The third quarter included a market risk RWA increase due to the introduction of a regulatory add-on of USD 5.5 billion, which considers profit or loss resulting from time decay in addition to the regulatory value-at-risk (VaR) and stressed VaR. The fourth quarter of 2021 included a decrease of USD 2.0 billion related to time decay. The integration of time decay into the regulatory VaR model is subject to further discussions between FINMA and UBS.

The fourth quarter and the third quarter of 2021 also included RWA increases related to regulatory add-ons in credit and counterparty credit risk for prime brokerage clients of USD 1.2 billion each, resulting in a full year impact in 2021 of USD 2.4 billion.

Furthermore, the second quarter of 2021 included an RWA increase of USD 0.5 billion related to a regulatory add-on in connection with the introduction of a new model for credit card exposures in Switzerland and the third quarter of 2021 included an add-on of USD 0.4 billion for clients leasing aircraft and industrial goods.

Material methodology changes

A methodology change related to credit valuation adjustment (CVA) risk for derivative exposures with Lombard clients resulted in an increase of USD 1.1 billion in RWA in the first quarter of 2021.

Additionally, the approach used for the covered bonds within the high-quality liquid asset (HQLA) portfolio has been changed from the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach to the standardized approach, as requested by FINMA, resulting in an RWA increase of USD 1.0 billion in the second quarter of 2021.

Operational risk RWA

During the fourth quarter of 2021, FINMA approved the annual Group advanced measurement approach (AMA) recalibration, resulting in an increase of operational risk (OR) RWA by USD 0.9 billion, to USD 76.7 billion. We expect to reflect additional OR RWA with a potential single-digit billion RWA impact in the first quarter of 2022 relating to the 13  December 2021 court decision in France on the cross-border wealth management business.

Significant regulatory and disclosure requirements to be adopted in 2022 or later

Basel III finalization and adjustments to market risk framework

The BCBS announced the finalization of the Basel III framework in December 2017, and published the final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book) in January 2019. In response to COVID-19, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Supervision, which acts as the Basel Committee’s oversight body, endorsed the deferral of the implementation date by one year, to 1 January 2023. The accompanying transitional arrangements for the output floor have also been extended by one year, to 1 January 2028. The most significant changes include:

     placing floors on certain model inputs under the IRB approach to calculate credit risk RWA;

     requiring the use of standardized approaches for calculation of the credit valuation adjustment and for operational risk RWA;

     placing an aggregate output floor on the group RWA equal to 72.5% of the RWA calculated using a revised standardized approach; and

     revising the LRD calculation and introducing a leverage ratio surcharge for global systemically important banks (G-SIBs).

 

4 


 

The revisions to the minimum capital requirements on market risk include adjustments to the risk sensitivity of the standardized approach, the calibration of certain elements of the framework and adjustments of the internal models approach. The revised BCBS standards will take effect from 1 January 2023.

We expect the Swiss regulations to come into force in 2024.

    Refer to “Capital management” in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors 

Basel III finalization Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

The BCBS has updated the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements to reflect the revisions to the operational risk, market risk, credit risk, credit value adjustments and leverage ratio under the finalized Basel III framework. In addition, there will be new disclosure requirements on asset encumbrance and, if required by national supervisors at the jurisdictional level, on capital distribution constraints and sovereign exposures.

An update to the market risk disclosure requirements by BCBS followed in November 2021. The update reflects changes to the minimum capital requirements for market risk, which were published in January 2019. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Basel III finalization revisions to the CVA risk framework

In July 2020, the BCBS replaced the CVA risk framework published in December 2017 with an updated standard. This final standard incorporates changes proposed in the consultation published in November 2019, and includes recalibrated risk weights, different treatment of certain client-cleared derivatives and an overall recalibration of the standardized and basic approach including a reduced value of the aggregate multiplier for banks using the standardized approach for credit valuation adjustment (SA-CVA). We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.  

Basel III finalization to the leverage ratio treatment

In June 2019, the BCBS aligned the leverage ratio measurement of client-cleared derivatives with the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR). This treatment permits both cash and non-cash forms of segregated initial margin, as well as cash and non-cash variation margin, received from a client to offset the replacement cost and potential future exposure for client-cleared derivatives only. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Capital treatment of securitizations of non-performing loans

The BCBS issued a technical amendment in November 2020 that sets out capital requirements for non-performing loan securitizations. The technical amendment establishes a 100% risk weight for certain tranches of non-performing loan securitizations. The risk weights applicable to the other positions are determined by the existing hierarchy of approaches, in conjunction with a 100% risk weight floor and a ban on the use of certain inputs for capital requirements. This amendment does not change the applicable capital requirements to securitizations of performing assets. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Minimum haircut floors for securities financing transactions

On 1 July 2021, the BCBS set out two technical amendments to the standard on minimum haircut floors for securities financing transactions (SFTs). The technical amendments address an interpretative issue relating to collateral upgrade transactions and correct for a misstatement in the formula used to calculate haircut floors for netted SFTs.

Revision of the Swiss Banking Act

In December 2021, the Swiss Parliament adopted a revision of the Banking Act. The legislative amendment aims to strengthen depositor protection and promote financial system stability by reducing the time needed to pay out protected deposits through the depositor protection scheme in the event a bank enters bankruptcy. Among other measures, it will also require banks to deposit 50% of the contribution obligations in securities or Swiss francs. The revision also introduces amendments with regard to insolvency law and segregation, in particular the introduction of a more detailed and solid legal basis for bail-in, including the ranking of claims subject to bail in, ensuring legal certainty for the operationalization of a bail-in. The new provisions also provide for the subordination of bail-in-bonds, with the exception of such bail-in-bonds issued by a holding company if other debt ranking pari-passu does not exceed 5% of the total bail-in-bond debt. The revised Banking Act will enter into force at the beginning of 2023. We expect moderate costs for all Switzerland-based UBS Group entities that are within the scope of the revision.

EU banking legislative package

In October 2021, the European Commission (the EC) published a legislative proposal to amend the EU’s prudential rules for banks to implement the remaining elements of Basel III and revised rules on resolution (CRR III). Once finalized, the EC envisages that these requirements are likely to take effect beginning in 2025 and UBS Europe SE will be subject to these final provisions.

In addition, the proposal, which may be adjusted in the political process and is expected to be finalized by the end of 2023, includes a requirement that certain banking and investment services must be provided through a branch in the EU. UBS Group entities currently provide such services in the EU on a cross-border basis. UBS will assess the final requirements to determine whether changes are required ahead of the new framework entering into force.

UBS Europe SE is currently subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) II framework (Regulation EU 876/2019), which came into force in June 2021.

 

5 


UBS Group | Introduction and basis for preparation 

Significant BCBS and FINMA consultation papers

Swiss Federal Council report on systemically important banks and revision of the Swiss Liquidity Ordinance

In June 2021, the Swiss Federal Council issued the results of its bi-annual review of the Swiss too-big-to-fail regulatory framework. The Swiss Federal Council concluded that no fundamental changes to the framework are needed. Potential areas for adjustment identified include further tightening of the liquidity requirements for systemically important banks and the alignment of incentive systems to support a bank’s resolvability.

In September 2021, the Swiss Federal Department of Finance launched a consultation on proposed revisions to the Swiss Liquidity Ordinance, with the aim of strengthening the resilience of systemically important banks in Switzerland. As proposed, the revisions would increase the regulatory minimum liquidity requirements for systemically important banks, including UBS. The final rule is expected to be published later this year.

Prudential treatment of cryptoasset exposures

In June 2021, the BCBS issued a consultation on the prudential treatment of banks’ cryptoasset exposures. The proposed prudential treatment divides cryptoassets into two groups, with the first group fulfilling a set of classification conditions and being eligible for treatment under the existing Basel framework (with some modifications and additional guidance). The second group covers cryptoassets that do not fulfill the classification conditions and as, according to the BCBS, they pose additional and higher risks, they would be subject to a new conservative prudential treatment based on a risk weight of 1250% applied to the maximum of long and short positions. The consultation ended on 10 September 2021.

The proposals are expected to be subject to changes, and in November 2021 the BCBS stated that it will further specify the proposed prudential treatment, with a view to issuing another consultative document by mid-2022.


Frequency and comparability of Pillar 3 disclosures

The table on the next page summarizes the reporting frequency for each disclosure as per the current FINMA requirements applicable to UBS.

We provide quantitative comparative information as of 30 September 2021 for disclosures required on a quarterly basis and as of 30 June 2021 for disclosures required on a semi-annual basis. Where specifically required by FINMA and / or the BCBS, we disclose comparative information for additional reporting dates.

Where required, movement commentary is aligned with the corresponding disclosure frequency required by FINMA and always refers to the latest comparative period. Throughout this report, signposts are displayed at the beginning of a section, table or chart – Annual | Semi-annual | Quarterly | – indicating whether the disclosure is provided annually, semi-annually or quarterly. A triangle symbol – – indicates the end of the signpost.

    Refer to our 31 March 2021, 30 June 2021 and 30 September 2021 Pillar 3 Reports, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information about previously published quarterly movement commentary

    Refer to our 30 June 2021 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information about previously published semi-annual movement commentary

 

 

6 


 

The following table outlines the annual, semi-annual and quarterly disclosure requirements that are satisfied in this report for UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups as applicable. For specific disclosures, this report may refer to our Annual Report 2021.

 

FINMA reference1

Disclosure title in this report

Section of this report

Page number in this report

Annual disclosure requirements

OVA

Bank risk management approach

Introduction and basis for preparation

11–12

LI1

Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial statements with regulatory risk categories

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

23–24

LI2

Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements (under the regulatory scope of consolidation)

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

25

LIA

Explanations of differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

24–25

PV1

Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA)

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

96

GSIB1

Disclosure of G-SIB indicators

Section 16 Requirements for global systemically important banks and related indicators

107

LIQA

Liquidity risk management

Section 14 Liquidity and funding

104

CRA

Credit risk management

Section 4 Credit risk

27

CRB

Additional disclosure related to the credit quality of assets:

     Breakdown of exposures by industry

     Breakdown of exposures by geographical area

     Breakdown of exposures by residual maturity

     Credit-impaired exposures by industry

     Credit-impaired exposures by geographical area

     Past due exposures

     Breakdown of restructured exposures between credit-impaired and non-credit-impaired

Section 4 Credit risk

 

29

29

30

31

31

32

32

CRC

Credit risk mitigation

Section 4 Credit risk

33

CRD

Qualitative disclosures on banks’ use of external credit ratings under the standardized approach for credit risk

Section 4 Credit risk

35

CRE

Internal ratings-based models

Section 4 Credit risk

38

CR9

IRB – backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio

Section 4 Credit risk

49–55

CCRA

Counterparty credit risk management

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

57

SECA

     Introduction

     Objectives, roles and involvement

 

Section 7 Securitization

73

73–74

MRA

Market risk

Section 8 Market risk

76

MRB

Internal models approach

Section 8 Market risk

79

IRRBBA

Interest rate risk in the banking book

Section 10 Interest rate risk in the banking book

86

IRRBB1

Quantitative information about IRRBB

Section 10 Interest rate risk in the banking book

86

IRRBBA1

Quantitative disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk

Section 10 Interest rate risk in the banking book

87–88

REMA

Remuneration policy

Section 15 Remuneration

106

ORA

Operational risk

Section 9 Operational risk

85

VaR- and SVaR-based RWA

Section 8 Market risk

81

 

RniV-based RWA

Section 8 Market risk

83

 

IRC-based RWA

Section 8 Market risk

84

 

Comprehensive risk measure

Section 8 Market risk

84

 

7 


UBS Group | Introduction and basis for preparation 

FINMA reference1

Disclosure title in this report

Section in this report

Page number in this report

Semi-annual disclosure requirements

CR1

Credit quality of assets

Section 4 Credit risk

28

CR2

Changes in stock of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures

Section 4 Credit risk

28

CR3

Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview

Section 4 Credit risk

34

CR4

Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects

Section 4 Credit risk

36

CR5

Standardized approach – exposures by asset classes and risk weights

Section 4 Credit risk

37

CR6

IRB – credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range

Section 4 Credit risk

39–46

CR7

IRB – effect on RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques

Section 4 Credit risk

47

CR10

IRB (equities under the simple risk-weight method)

Section 4 Credit risk

56

CCR1

Analysis of counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

58

CCR2

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

59

CCR3

Standardized approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

59

CCR4

IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

60–64

CCR5

Composition of collateral for CCR exposure

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

65

CCR6

Credit derivatives exposures

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

66

CCR8

Exposures to central counterparties

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

67

SEC1, SEC2, SEC3, SEC4

Tailored table “Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements“

Section 7 Securitizations

75

MR1

The data is reflected in the “Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements” table

Section 7 Securitizations

75

MR3

IMA values for trading portfolios

Section 8 Market risk

80

MR4

Comparison of VaR estimates with gains / losses

Section 8 Market risk

82

CC1

Composition of regulatory capital

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

93–95

CC2

Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

91–92

CCA

Main features of regulatory capital instruments and other TLAC-eligible instruments

n/a – The CCA table is published on our website. Refer to the document titled “Capital and total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” under “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.

n/a

CCyB1

Geographical distribution of credit exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

90

TLAC1

TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolution group level)

Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity

97

TLAC2

Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 5 UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

126

TLAC3

Creditor ranking at legal entity level for the resolution entity,

UBS Group AG

Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity

98

Main legal entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation

Section 3 Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

24

 

LIQ2

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)

Section 14 Liquidity and funding

105

 

 

8 


 

FINMA reference1

Disclosure title in this report

Section in this report

Page number in this report

Quarterly disclosure requirements

KM1

Key metrics

UBS Group:

Section 1 Key metrics

 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

Section 4 UBS Europe SE consolidated

Section 5 UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

 

18–19

 

 

111

117

124

125

 

KM2

Key metrics – TLAC requirements (at resolution group level)

Section 1 Key metrics

18, 20

OV1

Overview of RWA

Section 2 Overview of risk-weighted assets

21–22

CR8

RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under IRB

Section 4 Credit risk

48

CCR7

RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under internal model method (IMM) and value-at-risk (VaR)

Section 5 Counterparty credit risk

66

MR2

RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under an internal models approach

Section 8 Market risk

78

LR1

BCBS Basel III leverage ratio summary comparison

Section 13 Leverage ratio

101

LR2

BCBS Basel III leverage ratio common disclosure

Section 13 Leverage ratio

100

LIQ1

Liquidity coverage ratio

Section 14 Liquidity and funding

103

High-quality liquid assets

Section 14 Liquidity and funding

102

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

UBS Group

Section 11 Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

 

89

 

 

 

111

117

 

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

 

115

120

 

Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions

Section 13 Leverage ratio

99

 

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:

Section 2 UBS AG standalone

Section 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone

 

116

121

 

1 Disclosure requirement per FINMA Circular 2016/1 “Disclosure – banks.”

9 


UBS Group | Introduction and basis for preparation 

Format of Pillar 3 disclosures

As defined by FINMA, certain Pillar 3 disclosures follow a fixed format, whereas other disclosures are flexible and may be modified to a certain degree to present the most relevant information. Pillar 3 requirements are presented under the relevant FINMA table / template reference (e.g., OVA, OV1, LI1, etc.). Pillar 3 disclosures may also include row labeling (1, 2, 3, etc.) as prescribed by FINMA. Naming conventions used in our Pillar 3 disclosures are based on the FINMA guidance and may not reflect UBS naming conventions.

The FINMA-defined asset classes used within this Pillar 3 Report are as follows:

     Central governments and central banks, consisting of exposures relating to governments at the level of the nation state and their central banks. The European Union is also treated as a central government.

     Banks and securities dealers, consisting of exposures to legal entities holding banking licenses and securities firms subject to adequate supervisory and regulatory arrangements, including risk-based capital requirements. Securities firms can only be assigned to this asset class if they are subject to a supervision equivalent to that of banks.

     Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks, consisting of exposures to institutions established on the basis of public law in different forms, such as administrative entities or public companies and regional governments, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, and eligible multi-lateral development banks recognized by FINMA.

     Corporates: specialized lending, consisting of exposures relating to income-producing real estate and high-volatility commercial real estate, commodities finance, project finance, and object finance.

     Corporates: other lending, consisting of all exposures to corporates that are not specialized lending. This asset class includes private commercial entities, such as corporations, partnerships or proprietorships, insurance companies and funds (including managed funds).

     Retail: residential mortgages, consisting of residential mortgages, regardless of exposure size, if the owner occupies or rents out the mortgaged property.

     Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures, consisting of unsecured and revolving credits to individuals that exhibit appropriate loss characteristics relating to credit card relationships at UBS.

     Retail: other, consisting primarily of Lombard lending that represents loans made against the pledge of eligible marketable securities or cash, as well as exposures to small businesses, private clients and other retail customers without mortgage financing.

     Equity, consisting of instruments that have no stated or predetermined maturity and represent a residual interest in the net assets of an entity.

     Other assets, consisting of the remainder of exposures which UBS is exposed to, mainly non-counterparty-related assets.

Governance over Pillar 3 disclosures

The Board of Directors (the BoD) and senior management are responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure over the disclosure of financial information, including Pillar 3 disclosures. In line with BCBS and FINMA requirements, we have a BoD-approved Pillar 3 disclosure governance policy in place, which includes information about the key internal controls and procedures designed to govern the preparation, review and sign-off of Pillar 3 disclosures. This Pillar 3 Report has been verified and approved in line with that policy.

 

10 


 

Risk management framework

Our Group-wide risk management framework is applied across all risk types. The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Annual |

OVA: Bank risk management approach 

 

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business model and risk profile

 

Our strategy, business model and environment

 

Risk factors

 

63-73

 

 

 

 

Market climate and industry trends

 

33-36

 

 

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Overview of risks arising from our business activities

 

Risk categories

 

Top and emerging risks

 

Risk appetite framework

 

Risk measurement

 

Credit risk – Key developments, Main sources of credit risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques, Credit risk profile of the Group

 

Market risk – Key developments, Main sources of market risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

Other market risk exposures

 

Country risk framework, Country risk exposure

 

Operational risk framework

 

Risk management and control principles

 

99

 

100-101

 

102

 

105-107

 

110-112

 

 

113-114

 

 

131

 

 

135-138

 

138-139

 

140-142

 

148

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk governance

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk categories

 

Risk governance

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book – Risk management and governance

 

Liquidity and funding management – Strategy, objectives and governance

 

Capital management – Capital management objectives, Capital planning and activities

 

100-101

103-104

136

 

164

 

151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Communication and enforcement of risk culture within the bank

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Risk governance

Risk appetite framework

Internal risk reporting

Operational risk framework

 

103-104

105-107

108

148

 

Scope and main features of risk measurement systems

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

 

 

Risk measurement

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

Country risk exposure measure

Advanced measurement approach model

 

110-112

114

 

131

 

140

149

 

 

 

 

 

Risk information reporting

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Risk governance

Internal risk reporting

Risk management and control principles

 

103-104

108

106

 

 

 

 

 

11 


UBS Group | Introduction and basis for preparation 

OVA: Bank risk management approach (continued)

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stress testing

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Risk appetite framework

 

105-107

 

 

Stress testing

 

110-111

 

 

Credit risk models – Stress loss

 

126

 

 

Market risk stress loss

 

132

 

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

135-138

 

 

Other market risk exposures

 

138-139

 

 

Liquidity management – Stress testing

 

164

Strategies and processes applied to manage, hedge and mitigate risks

 

Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

114

 

 

 

Credit risk mitigation

 

121-122

 

 

 

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

131

 

 

 

Value-at-risk

 

132-135

 

 

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

135-138

 

 

 

Other market risk exposures

 

138-139

 

 

 

Country risk exposure

 

140-141

 

 

 

Operational risk framework

 

148

 

 

 

Liquidity and funding management

 

164-167

 

 

 

Currency management

 

177

 

 

 

Risk management and control principles

 

106

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

322-323

 

 

 

Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

343

 

 

 

Note 21i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial instruments measured at fair value

 

362

 

 

 

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

364-365

p

12 


 

Our approach to measuring risk exposure and risk-weighted assets

Depending on the intended purpose, the measurement of risk exposure that we apply may differ. Exposures may be measured for financial accounting purposes under IFRS for deriving our regulatory capital requirement or for internal risk management and control purposes. Our Pillar 3 disclosures are generally based on measures of risk exposure used to derive the regulatory capital required under Pillar 1. Our RWA are calculated according to the BCBS Basel III framework, as implemented by the Swiss Capital Adequacy Ordinance issued by the Swiss Federal Council and by the associated circulars issued by FINMA.

The table below provides a summary of the approaches we use for the main risk categories to determine the regulatory risk exposure and RWA.

 

 

Category

Definition of risk

Regulatory risk exposure

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

I. Credit risk

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of a loss resulting from the failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual obligations toward UBS arising from transactions such as loans, debt securities held in our banking book and undrawn credit facilities.

 

Refer to section 4, Credit risk.

Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount we expect a counterparty to owe us at the time of a possible default. For banking products, the EAD generally equals the IFRS carrying amount as of the reporting date. The EAD is expected to remain constant over the 12-month period. For loan commitments, a credit conversion factor is applied to model expected future drawdowns over the 12-month period.

We apply two approaches to measure credit risk RWA:

     Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, applied for the majority of our businesses. Counterparty risk weights are determined by reference to internal probability of default and loss given default estimates.

     Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external ratings for a sub-set of our credit portfolio where internal measures are not available.

Non-counterparty-related risk

Non-counterparty-related risk (NCPA) denotes the risk of a loss arising from changes in value or from liquidation of assets not linked to any counterparty, for example, premises, equipment and software, and deferred tax assets on temporary differences. 

 

Refer to section 2, Overview of risk-weighted assets.

The IFRS carrying amount is the basis for measuring NCPA exposure.

We measure non-counterparty-related risk RWA by applying prescribed regulatory risk weights to the NCPA exposure.

Equity positions in the banking book

Risk from equity positions in the banking book refers to the investment risk arising from equity positions and other relevant investments or instruments held in our banking book.

 

Refer to section 4, Credit risk.

The IFRS carrying amount is the basis for measuring risk exposure for equity securities held in our banking book, but reflecting a net position.

We measure the RWA from equity positions in the banking book by applying prescribed regulatory risk weights to our listed and unlisted equity exposures.

 

13 


UBS Group | Introduction and basis for preparation 

Category

Definition of risk

Regulatory risk exposure

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

II. Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty credit risk is the risk that a counterparty for over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, exchange-traded derivatives (ETDs) or securities financing transactions (SFTs) will default before the final settlement of a transaction and cause a loss to the firm if the transaction has a positive economic value at the time of default.

 

Refer to section 5, Counterparty credit risk.

We primarily use internal models to measure counterparty credit risk exposures to third parties. All internal models are approved by FINMA.

     For OTC derivatives and ETDs we apply the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed expected positive exposure (SEPE) as defined in the Basel III framework.

     For SFTs, we apply the close-out period approach.

 

In certain instances where risk models are not available:

     Exposure on OTC derivatives and ETDs is calculated considering the net positive replacement values and potential future exposure.

     Exposure for SFTs is based on the IFRS carrying amount, net of collateral mitigation.

We apply two approaches to measure counterparty credit risk RWA:

     Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, applied for the majority of our businesses. Counterparty risk weights are determined by reference to internal counterparty ratings and loss given default estimates.

     Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external ratings for a sub-set of our credit portfolio, where internal measures are not available.

 

We apply an additional credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge to hold capital against the risk of mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration of counterparty credit quality.

Settlement risk

Settlement risk is the risk of loss resulting from transactions that involve exchange of value (e.g., security versus cash) where we must deliver without first being able to determine with certainty that we will receive the countervalue.

 

Refer to section 2, Overview of risk-weighted assets.

The IFRS carrying amount is the basis for measuring settlement risk exposure.

We measure settlement risk RWA through the application of prescribed regulatory risk weights to the settlement risk exposure.

III. Securitization exposures in the banking book

Securitization exposures in the banking book

Exposures arising from traditional and synthetic securitizations held in our banking book.

 

Refer to section 7, Securitizations.

The IFRS carrying amount after eligible regulatory credit risk mitigation and credit conversion factor is the basis for measuring securitization exposure. For synthetic securitization transactions, the exposure is equal to the fair value of the net long or short securitization position.

Consistent with the BCBS, we apply the FINMA-defined hierarchy of approaches for banking book securitizations to measure RWA:

     Internal ratings-based approach (SEC-IRBA), considering the advanced IRB risk weights, if the securitized pool largely consists of IRB positions and internal ratings are available.

     External ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA), if the IRB approach cannot be applied, risk weights are applied based on external ratings, provided that we are able to demonstrate our expertise in critically reviewing and challenging the external ratings.

     Standardized approach (SEC-SA) or 1,250% risk weight factor, if none of the aforementioned approaches can be applied, we would apply the standardized approach where the delinquency status of a significant portion of the underlying exposure can be determined or a risk weight of 1,250%.

 

For re-securitization exposures we apply either the standardized approach or a risk weight factor of 1,250%.

 

14 


 

Category

Definition of risk

Regulatory risk exposure

Risk-weighted assets (RWA)

IV. Market risk

Value-at-risk (VaR) 

VaR is a statistical measure of market risk, representing the market risk losses that could potentially be realized over a set time horizon (holding period) at an established level of confidence. For regulatory VaR, the holding period is 10 days and the confidence level is 99%. For our risk management measure, Management VaR, we apply a holding period of 1 day and a confidence level of 95%.

For further differences between the regulatory and Management VaR, refer to the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2021.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

The VaR component of market risk RWA is calculated by taking the maximum of the period-end VaR and the product of the average VaR for the 60 trading days immediately preceding the period end and a VaR multiplier. The quantity is then multiplied by a risk weight factor of 1,250% to determine RWA. The VaR multiplier is dependent on the number of VaR backtesting exceptions within the most recent 250-trading-day window.

Stressed VaR  (SVaR) 

SVaR is a 10-day 99% VaR measure estimated with model parameters that are calibrated to historical data covering a one-year period of significant financial stress relevant to the firm’s current portfolio.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

The derivation of SVaR RWA is similar to the one explained above for VaR. Unlike VaR, SVaR is computed weekly, and as a result the average SVaR is computed over the most recent 12 observations.

Add-on for risks not in VaR  (RniV)

Potential risks that are not fully captured by our VaR model are referred to as RniV. We have a framework to identify and quantify these potential risks and underpin them with capital.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

Our RniV framework is used to derive the RniV-based component of the market risk RWA, which is approved by FINMA. Since the second quarter of 2018, RniV and RWA resulting from RniV are recalibrated on a monthly basis.

 

As the RWA from RniV are add-ons, they do not reflect any diversification benefits across risks capitalized through VaR and SVaR.

Incremental risk charge (IRC)

The IRC represents an estimate of the default and rating migration risk of all trading book positions with issuer risk, except for equity products and securitization exposures, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

The IRC is calculated weekly, and the results are used to derive the IRC-based component of the market risk RWA. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and SVaR-based RWA, but without a VaR multiplier.

Comprehensive risk measure (CRM)

The CRM is an estimate of the default and complex price risk, including the convexity and cross-convexity of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and recovery, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level.

 

Refer to section 8, Market risk.

 

Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions. Prior to then, the CRM was calculated weekly and used to derive the CRM-based component of the market risk RWA, with the calculation subject to a floor equal to 8% of the equivalent capital charge under the specific risk measure (SRM) for the correlation trading portfolio.

Securitization /

re-securitization in the trading book

Risk arising from traditional and synthetic securitizations held in our trading book.

 

Refer to section 7, Securitizations and
section 8, Market risk.

The exposure is equal to the fair value of the net long or short securitization position.

We measure trading book securitization RWA using the Ratings-based approach, i.e., applying risk weights based on external ratings.

V. Operational risk 

Operational risk 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including cyber risk. Operational risk includes, among others, legal risk, conduct risk and compliance risk.

 

Refer to section 9, Operational risk.

 

We use the advanced measurement approach to measure operational risk RWA in accordance with FINMA requirements.

  

15 


 

 


 

UBS Group

 


UBS Group | Section 1  Key metrics 

 

Section 1  Key metrics

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2021

Quarterly | The KM1 and KM2 tables on the following pages are based on Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Basel III rules. The KM2 table includes a reference to the total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) term sheet, published by the Financial Stability Board (the FSB). The FSB provides this term sheet at fsb.org/2015/11/total-loss-absorbing-capacity-tlac-principles-and-term-sheet

Our capital ratios increased, primarily reflecting increases in capital, while our leverage ratios decreased, mainly reflecting increases in the leverage ratio denominator. Our common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by USD 0.3 billion to USD 45.3 billion, mainly reflecting operating profit before tax of USD 1.7 billion, USD 0.2 billion higher eligible deferred tax assets on temporary differences and positive foreign currency translation effects of USD 0.1 billion, partly offset by accruals for dividends of USD 0.7 billion, share repurchases of USD 0.6 billion and current tax expenses of USD 0.4 billion.

Our tier 1 capital increased by USD 0.1 billion to USD 60.5 billion, primarily reflecting the aforementioned increase in our CET1 capital, partly offset by a decrease in our additional tier 1 (AT1) capital, reflecting effects from interest rate risk hedges and foreign currency translation.

The TLAC available as of 31 December 2021 included CET1 capital, AT1 and tier 2 capital instruments eligible under the TLAC framework, and non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC. Under the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) framework, including transitional arrangements, TLAC excludes 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income for accounting purposes, which for regulatory capital purposes are measured at the lower of cost or market value. This amount was negligible as of 31 December 2021, but is included as available TLAC in the KM2 table in this section.


Our available TLAC increased by USD 1.9 billion to USD 104.8 billion in the fourth quarter of 2021, reflecting the aforementioned USD 0.1 billion increase in our tier 1 capital and a USD 1.9 billion increase in non-regulatory capital instruments. The increase of USD 1.9 billion in non-regulatory capital instruments was mainly due to four new issuances of TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt denominated in euro, pounds sterling and Swiss francs amounting to USD 3.8 billion equivalent, partly offset by a USD 1.4 billion equivalent TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt that ceased to be eligible as it had less than one year to maturity, and effects from interest rate risk hedges.

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased slightly, by USD 0.2 billion, to USD 302.2 billion, despite an increase of USD 1.0 billion related to currency effects. Decreases in market risk RWA of USD 3.0 billion, counterparty credit risk RWA of USD 2.3 billion, investments in funds in the banking book RWA of USD 0.8 billion and CVA RWA of USD 0.4 billion were almost entirely offset by increases in credit risk RWA of USD 4.8 billion, operational risk RWA of USD 1.0 billion and RWA on deferred tax assets of USD 0.6 billion.

Leverage ratio exposure increased by USD 24 billion to USD 1,069 billion, including currency effects of USD 5 billion, mainly driven by higher central bank balances, loans, and trading assets, partly offset by a decrease in derivative exposures.

In the fourth quarter of 2021, the UBS Group quarterly average liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) decreased 2 percentage points to 155%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). The average LCR decrease was driven by a decrease in average high-quality liquid assets of USD 3.0 billion to USD 227.9 billion, driven by matured unsecured debt issued. Average net cash outflows were unchanged at USD 146.8 billion.

As of 31 December 2021, our net stable funding ratio (NSFR) was 119%, an increase of 1 percentage point compared with our NSFR as of 30 September 2021. This reflected a USD 19.4 billion increase in available stable funding, mainly driven by higher customer deposits, partly offset by an increase in required stable funding of USD 14.9 billion from higher lending and trading portfolio.

 

 

18 


 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.9.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.3.21

31.12.20

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

 

45,281

 

45,022

 

42,583

 

40,426

39,890

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET11

 

45,267

 

45,008

 

42,561

 

40,403

39,856

2

Tier 1

 

60,488

 

60,369

 

59,188

 

56,288

56,178

2a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 11

 

60,475

 

60,355

 

59,166

 

56,264

56,144

3

Total capital

 

61,928

 

61,855

 

61,184

 

58,822

61,226

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital1

 

61,914

 

61,841

 

61,162

 

58,799

61,193

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

302,209

 

302,426

 

293,277

 

287,828

289,101

4a

Minimum capital requirement2

 

24,177

 

24,194

 

23,462

 

23,026

23,128

4b

Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor)

 

302,209

 

302,426

 

293,277

 

287,828

289,101

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

CET1 ratio (%)

 

14.98

 

14.89

 

14.52

 

14.05

13.80

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1 ratio (%)1

 

14.98

 

14.88

 

14.51

 

14.04

13.79

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

20.02

 

19.96

 

20.18

 

19.56

19.43

6a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 1 ratio (%)1

 

20.01

 

19.96

 

20.17

 

19.55

19.42

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

20.49

 

20.45

 

20.86

 

20.44

21.18

7a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)1

 

20.49

 

20.45

 

20.85

 

20.43

21.17

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (%)

 

2.50

 

2.50

 

2.50

 

2.50

2.50

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

0.02

0.02

9a

Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)

 

1.00

 

1.00

 

1.00

 

1.00

1.00

11

Total of bank CET1 specific buffer requirements (%)

 

3.52

 

3.52

 

3.52

 

3.52

3.52

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)

 

10.48

 

10.39

 

10.02

 

9.55

9.30

Basel III leverage ratio3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

1,068,862

 

1,044,916

 

1,039,939

 

1,038,225

1,037,150

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 

5.66

 

5.78

 

5.69

 

5.42

5.42

14a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)1

 

5.66

 

5.78

 

5.69

 

5.42

5.41

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

 

227,891

 

230,885

 

232,026

 

221,371

214,276

16

Total net cash outflow

 

146,820

 

146,831

 

149,183

 

146,314

140,891

16a

of which: cash outflows

 

275,373

 

275,057

 

283,772

 

284,510

268,941

16b

of which: cash inflows

 

128,554

 

128,226

 

134,588

 

138,197

128,050

17

LCR (%)

 

155

 

157

 

156

 

151

152

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Total available stable funding

 

578,379

 

558,936

 

 

 

 

 

19

Total required stable funding

 

488,067

 

473,140

 

 

 

 

 

20

NSFR (%)

 

119

 

118

 

 

 

 

 

1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 The leverage ratio exposure and leverage ratios for the respective period in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    4 Calculated based on an average of 66 data points in the fourth quarter of 2021 and 65 data points in the third quarter of 2021. For the prior quarter data points, please refer to the respective Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information. Refer to the “Liquidity and funding” section of this report for more information.    5 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to the “Liquidity and funding management” section of the UBS Group third quarter 2021 report for more information.

p

 

19 


UBS Group | Section 1  Key metrics 

Quarterly |

KM2: Key metrics – TLAC requirements (at resolution group level)1

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.9.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.3.21

 

31.12.20

1

Total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) available

 

 104,783 

 

 102,840 

 

 104,348 

 

 100,720 

 

 101,814 

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model TLAC available2

 

 104,769 

 

 102,827 

 

 104,325 

 

 100,697 

 

 101,780 

2

Total RWA at the level of the resolution group

 

 302,209 

 

 302,426 

 

 293,277 

 

 287,828 

 

 289,101 

3

TLAC as a percentage of RWA (%)

 

 34.67 

 

 34.01 

 

 35.58 

 

 34.99 

 

 35.22 

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model TLAC as a percentage of fully loaded ECL accounting model RWA (%)2

 

 34.67 

 

 34.00 

 

 35.57 

 

 34.98 

 

 35.21 

4

Leverage ratio exposure measure at the level of the resolution group3

 

 1,068,862 

 

 1,044,916 

 

 1,039,939 

 

 1,038,225 

 

 1,037,150 

5

TLAC as a percentage of leverage ratio exposure measure (%)

 

 9.80 

 

 9.84 

 

 10.03 

 

 9.70 

 

 9.82 

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model TLAC as a percentage of fully loaded ECL accounting model leverage exposure measure (%)2,3

 

 9.80 

 

 9.84 

 

 10.03 

 

 9.70 

 

 9.81 

6a

Does the subordination exemption in the antepenultimate paragraph of Section 11 of the FSB TLAC Term Sheet apply?

 

No

6b

Does the subordination exemption in the penultimate paragraph of Section 11 of the FSB TLAC Term Sheet apply?

 

No

6c

If the capped subordination exemption applies, the amount of funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that is recognized as external TLAC, divided by funding issued that ranks pari passu with excluded liabilities and that would be recognized as external TLAC if no cap was applied (%)

 

N/A – Refer to our response to 6b.

1 Resolution group level is defined as the UBS Group AG consolidated level.    2 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    3 The leverage ratio exposure and leverage ratios for the respective period in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.

p

  

20 


 

 

Section 2  Overview of risk-weighted assets

RWA development in the fourth quarter of 2021

Quarterly | The OV1 table on the following page provides an overview of our RWA and the related minimum capital requirements by risk type. The table presented is based on the respective FINMA template and empty rows indicate current non-applicability to UBS.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, RWA decreased slightly by USD 0.2 billion to USD 302.2 billion, despite an increase of USD 1.0 billion related to currency effects. Decreases in market risk RWA of USD 3.0 billion, counterparty credit risk RWA of USD 2.3 billion, investments in funds in the banking book RWA of USD 0.8 billion, and CVA RWA of USD 0.4 billion were almost entirely offset by increases in credit risk RWA of USD 4.8 billion, operational risk RWA of USD 1.0 billion and RWA on deferred tax assets of USD 0.6 billion.

Market risk RWA decreased by USD 3.0 billion, mainly due to a USD 2.4 billion decrease in regulatory add-ons, primarily related to time decay, and a USD 0.5 billion decrease from slightly lower average value-at-risk (VaR) levels in the Investment Bank’s Global Markets business. The integration of time decay into the regulatory VaR model is subject to further discussions between FINMA and UBS.

Counterparty credit risk RWA decreased by USD 2.3 billion, driven by a reduction in asset size and other movements of USD 3.3 billion, mainly due to lower derivatives and SFTs in the Investment Bank as a result of lower client activity, and a decrease of USD 0.2 billion from currency effects. These decreases were partly offset by a USD 1.2 billion add-on for prime brokerage clients.


Investments in funds in the banking book RWA decreased by USD 0.8 billion, mainly due to the redemption of seed capital during the fourth quarter of 2021.

Credit risk RWA increased by USD 4.8 billion, partly driven by an increase of USD 1.9 billion from asset size and other movements, mainly due to higher loans in the Investment Bank and in Global Wealth Management. Furthermore, the fourth quarter of 2021 included model updates of USD 1.8 billion, primarily due to a USD 0.7 billion quarterly phase-in impact for structured margin loans and similar products in Global Wealth Management, as well as a USD 0.5 billion quarterly phase-in impact of new probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) models for the mortgage portfolio in the US. In addition, the fourth quarter of 2021 included an increase of USD 0.3 billion related to an enhancement of the guarantee framework in Personal & Corporate Banking. Further, currency effects resulted in an increase of USD 1.1 billion.

Operational risk RWA increased by USD 1.0 billion, driven by

the annual recalibration of the AMA model used for the calculation of operational risk capital.

The flow tables for credit risk, counterparty credit risk and market risk RWA in the respective sections of this report provide further details regarding the movements in RWA in the fourth quarter of 2021.

More information about RWA movements in the fourth quarter of 2021 is provided on pages 42-43 of our fourth quarter 2021 report, available under “Quarterly reporting” at ubs.com/investors

Additional information about capital management and RWA, including details regarding movements in RWA during 2021, is provided on pages 158-160 in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

 

 

21 


UBS Group | Section 2  Overview of risk-weighted assets 

Quarterly |

OV1: Overview of RWA

 

 

RWA

 

Section or table reference

 

Minimum capital requirements1

USD million

 

31.12.21

30.9.21

30.6.21

31.3.21

31.12.20

 

 

 

31.12.21

1

Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk)

 

 151,926 

 147,143 

 146,162 

 137,485 

 139,846 

 

 4 

 

 12,154 

2

of which: standardized approach (SA)

 

 35,473 

 34,959 

 34,895 

 31,299 

 31,565 

 

CR4

 

 2,838 

2a

of which: non-counterparty-related risk

 

 12,916 

 12,842 

 12,921 

 12,922 

 13,393 

 

CR4

 

 1,033 

3

of which: foundation internal ratings-based (F-IRB) approach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

of which: supervisory slotting approach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

of which: advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach

 

 116,453 

 112,184 

 111,267 

 106,186 

 108,281 

 

CR6, CR7, CR8

 

 9,316 

6

Counterparty credit risk2

 

 37,980 

 40,270 

 39,058 

 40,691 

 40,354 

 

5, CCR1, CCR8

 

 3,038 

7

of which: SA for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR)

 

 6,378 

 7,437 

 7,406 

 7,193 

 6,006 

 

 

 

 510 

8

of which: internal model method (IMM)

 

 17,506 

 18,555 

 17,232 

 19,352 

 19,380 

 

CCR7

 

 1,400 

8a

of which: value-at-risk (VaR)

 

 8,854 

 8,921 

 7,909 

 7,353 

 8,386 

 

CCR7

 

 708 

9

of which: other CCR

 

 5,242 

 5,356 

 6,510 

 6,793 

 6,581 

 

 

 

 419 

10

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA)

 

 3,611 

 4,054 

 3,938 

 4,080 

 2,945 

 

5, CCR2

 

 289 

11

Equity positions under the simple risk-weight approach

 

 3,396 

 3,308 

 3,197 

 2,794 

 2,795 

 

4, CR10

 

 272 

12

Equity investments in funds – look-through approach

 

 774 

 1,100 

 1,070 

 893 

 882 

 

 

 

 62 

13

Equity investments in funds – mandate-based approach

 

 1,160 

 1,331 

 1,486 

 1,916 

 648 

 

 

 

 93 

14

Equity investments in funds – fallback approach

 

 106 

 393 

 378 

 86 

 126 

 

 

 

 8 

15

Settlement risk

 

 393 

 549 

 341 

 341 

 372 

 

 

 

 31 

16

Securitization exposures in banking book

 

 375 

 405 

 379 

 281 

 314 

 

 7 

 

 30 

17

of which: securitization internal ratings-based approach (SEC-IRBA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

of which: securitization external ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA), including internal assessment approach (IAA)

 

 257 

 260 

 305 

 265 

 301 

 

 7 

 

 21 

19

of which: securitization standardized approach (SEC-SA)

 

 118 

 145 

 74 

 16 

 13 

 

 7 

 

 9 

20

Market Risk

 

 11,080 

 14,044 

 7,818 

 10,354 

 11,841 

 

7,8

 

 886 

21

of which: standardized approach (SA)

 

 652 

 684 

 726 

 588 

 456 

 

 7 

 

 52 

22

of which: internal models approach (IMA)

 

 10,428 

 13,359 

 7,093 

 9,767 

 11,385 

 

MR2

 

 834 

23

Capital charge for switch between trading book and banking book3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

Operational risk

 

 76,743 

 75,775 

 75,775 

 75,775 

 75,775 

 

 

 

 6,139 

25

Amounts below thresholds for deduction (250% risk weight)4

 

 14,665 

 14,055 

 13,676 

 13,133 

 13,202 

 

 

 

 1,173 

25a

 of which: deferred tax assets

 

 11,367 

 10,803 

 10,392 

 9,906 

 9,981 

 

 

 

 909 

26

Floor adjustment5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

Total

 

 302,209 

 302,426 

 293,277 

 287,828 

 289,101 

 

 

 

 24,177 

1 Calculated based on 8% of RWA.    2 Excludes settlement risk, which is separately reported in line 15 “Settlement risk.” Includes RWA with central counterparties. The split between the sub-components of counterparty credit risk refers to the calculation of the exposure measure.    3 Not applicable until the implementation of the final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book).    4 Includes items subject to threshold deduction treatment that do not exceed their respective threshold and are risk-weighted at 250%. Items subject to threshold deduction treatment include significant investments in common shares of non-consolidated financial institutions (banks, insurance and other financial entities) and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences.    5 No floor effect, as 80% of our Basel I RWA, including the RWA equivalent of the Basel I capital deductions, do not exceed our Basel III RWA, including the RWA equivalent of the Basel III capital deductions.

p

  

22 


 

 

Section 3  Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures

This section provides information about the differences between our regulatory exposures and carrying amounts presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Assets and liabilities presented in our IFRS financial statements may be subject to more than one risk framework, as explained further on the next page.

 

Annual |

LI1: Differences between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial statement categories with regulatory risk categories

31.12.21

 

Carrying values as reported in published financial statements

 

Carrying values under scope of regulatory consolidation

 

Carrying values of items:

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to credit risk framework1

Subject to counterparty credit risk framework2

Subject to securitization framework3

Subject to market risk framework

Not subject to capital requirements or subject to deduction from capital

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

 

 192,817 

 

 192,817 

 

 192,817 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 

 15,480 

 

 15,377 

 

 14,649 

 7284

 

 

 

Receivables from securities financing transactions

 

 75,012 

 

 74,985 

 

 

 74,985 

 

 

 

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments

 

 30,514 

 

 30,514 

 

 

 30,514 

 

 1,208 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 397,761 

 

 397,802 

 

 393,939 

 3,2604

 603 

 

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

 

 26,209 

 

 26,107 

 

 25,981 

 1,9966

 

 

 

Total financial assets measured at amortized cost

 

 737,794 

 

 737,601 

 

 627,385 

 111,483 

 603 

 1,208 

 

Financial assets at fair value held for trading

 

 130,821 

 

 130,821 

 

 4,8305

 43,3976

 85 

 125,906 

 

of which: assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties

 

 43,397 

 

 43,397 

 

 

 43,397 

 

 43,397 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 118,142 

 

 118,154 

 

 

 118,154 

 

 118,154 

 

Brokerage receivables

 

 21,839 

 

 21,839 

 

 5,657 

 16,183 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading7

 

 60,080 

 

 38,773 

 

 27,401 

 6,9046, 8

 35 

 11,516 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

 

 330,882 

 

 309,588 

 

 37,887 

 184,637 

 120 

 255,576 

 

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 8,844 

 

 8,809 

 

 8,809 

 

 

 

 

Investments in associates

 

 1,243 

 

 1,291 

 

 1,269 

 

 

 

 22 

Property, equipment and software

 

 12,888 

 

 12,838 

 

 12,838 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

 6,378 

 

 6,309 

 

 

 

 

 

 6,309 

Deferred tax assets

 

 8,876 

 

 8,8609

 

 4,422 

 

 

 

 4,438 

Other non-financial assets

 

 10,277 

 

 10,267 

 

 4,708 

 

 

 5,258 

 300 

Total assets

 

 1,117,182 

 

 1,095,564 

 

 697,318 

 296,121 

 723 

 262,042 

 11,069 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 

 13,101 

 

 13,101 

 

 

 

 

 

 13,101 

Payables from securities financing transactions

 

 5,533 

 

 5,533 

 

 

 5,533 

 

 

 

Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments

 

 31,798 

 

 31,798 

 

 

 31,798 

 

 758 

 

Customer deposits

 

 542,007 

 

 542,023 

 

 

 

 

 

 542,023 

Debt issued measured at amortized cost

 

 139,155 

 

 139,154 

 

 

 

 

 

 139,154 

Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 

 9,001 

 

 9,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 9,000 

Total financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 

 740,595 

 

 740,610 

 

 

 37,331 

 

 758 

 703,279 

Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading

 

 31,688 

 

 31,688 

 

 

 

 

 31,688 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 121,309 

 

 121,321 

 

 

 121,288 

 

 121,288 

 3310

Brokerage payables designated at fair value

 

 44,045 

 

 44,045 

 

 

 24,144 

 

 

 19,901 

Debt issued designated at fair value

 

 73,799 

 

 73,799 

 

 

 

 

 71,018 

 2,781 

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 30,074 

 

 8,608 

 

 

 6,881 

 

 8,348 

 90 

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

 

 300,916 

 

 279,462 

 

 

 152,313 

 

 232,342 

 22,805 

Provisions

 

 3,518 

 

 3,517 

 

 

 

 

 

 3,517 

Other non-financial liabilities

 

 11,151 

 

 11,117 

 

 

 

 

 

 11,117 

Total liabilities

 

 1,056,180 

 

 1,034,706 

 

 

 189,645 

 

 233,100 

 740,718 

1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk, equity investments in funds subject to a look-through approach, mandate-based approach, fallback approach and equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method of USD 21,072 million, which are excluded from the credit risk tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB in section 4 of this report, resulting in IFRS carrying values reflected in the credit risk section of USD 676,246 million. However, credit risk tables CR4 and CR5 include non-counterparty-related risk, and credit risk table CR10 includes equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method.    2 Includes settlement risk, which is not included in section 5 of this report.    3 This column only consists of securitization positions in the banking book. Trading book securitizations are included in the “Subject to market risk framework” column.    4 Consists of default fund contribution and margin loans, which are both subject to counterparty credit risk.    5 Includes trading portfolio assets in the banking book and traded loans.    6 Includes assets pledged as collateral, since collateral posted is subject to counterparty credit risk.    7 Funded collar trades without rehypothecation rights are treated as non-credit-bearing exposures and are excluded from the “Subject to credit risk framework” column.    8 Includes securities financing transactions, as well as other exposures subject to the counterparty credit risk framework.    9 Net of deferred tax liabilities, which are offset against prudential filters (e.g., goodwill and intangibles, as well as cash flow hedges) in the regulatory capital calculation.    10 Relates to the carrying values of derivative loan commitments and forward starting SFTs that are measured at fair value. The replacement values are not representative for our capital calculations.

p

 

23 


UBS Group | Section 3  Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures 

Annual | The LI1 table on the previous page provides a breakdown of the IFRS balance sheet into the risk types used to calculate our regulatory capital requirements. Cash collateral receivables and payables on derivative instruments, derivative financial instruments, and financial assets at fair value not held for trading are subject to capital requirements under both market risk and counterparty credit risk frameworks. In addition, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income include securities that have been pledged as collateral. These securities are also considered in the counterparty credit risk framework, as collateral pledged is subject to counterparty credit risk. Foreign exchange risk in the banking book is captured by the market risk framework. Banking book positions with foreign exchange risk are not included in the column regarding market risk.

LIA: Explanation of the differences between the IFRS and regulatory scopes of consolidation

Annual | The scope of consolidation for the purpose of calculating Group regulatory capital is generally the same as the consolidation scope under IFRS and includes subsidiaries that are directly or indirectly controlled by UBS Group AG and are active in banking and finance. However, subsidiaries consolidated under IFRS whose business is outside the banking and finance sector are excluded from the regulatory scope of consolidation. Subject to the regulatory auditor’s consent, a subsidiary fully consolidated under IFRS may be proportionately consolidated under the regulatory scope of consolidation on an exceptional basis provided that (i) the bank’s obligation to support the company subject to consolidation is limited to the bank’s own holding quota and (ii) the remaining shareholders or partners are required to provide support in proportion to their holding quota and are legally and financially able to fulfill their obligations. The key difference between the IFRS and regulatory scope of consolidation as of 31 December 2021 relates to investments in insurance, real estate and commercial companies, as well as investment vehicles, that are consolidated under IFRS but are either proportionately consolidated or not consolidated for regulatory capital purposes where they are subject to risk-weighting.

The table below provides a list of the most significant entities that were included in the IFRS scope of consolidation but not in the regulatory scope of consolidation. These entities account for most of the difference between the “Balance sheet in accordance with IFRS scope of consolidation” and the “Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation” columns in the CC2 table. Such difference is mainly related to financial assets at fair value not held for trading and other financial liabilities designated at fair value. As of 31 December 2021, entities consolidated under either IFRS or the regulatory scope of consolidation did not report any significant capital deficiencies.

In the banking book, certain equity investments are not consolidated under either the IFRS or under the regulatory scope. As of 31 December 2021, these investments mainly consisted of infrastructure holdings and joint operations (e.g., settlement and clearing institutions, and stock and financial futures exchanges) and included our participation in SIX Group. These investments are risk-weighted based on applicable threshold rules.

More information about the legal structure of UBS Group and the IFRS scope of consolidation is provided on pages 14 and 292, respectively, of our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Semi-annual |

Main legal entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

USD million

 

Total assets1

Total equity1

 

 

Purpose

UBS Asset Management Life Ltd

 

 21,511 

 44 

 

 

Life insurance

1 Total assets and total equity on a standalone basis.

p

 

24 


 

Annual |

LI2: Main sources of differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements (under the regulatory scope of consolidation)

31.12.21

 

Total

 

Items subject to:

USD million

 

 

 

Credit risk framework

Counterparty credit risk framework

Securitization framework

Market risk framework

1

Asset carrying value amount under scope of regulatory consolidation (as per template LI1)

 

 1,095,564 

 

 697,3181

 296,121 

 723 

 262,042 

2

Liabilities carrying value amount under scope of regulatory consolidation2

 

 (125,515) 

 

 

 (125,515) 

 

 

3

Total net amount under regulatory scope of consolidation

 

 970,049 

 

 697,318 

 170,604 

 723 

 262,042 

4

Off-balance sheet amounts (post-CCF; e.g., guarantees, commitments)3

 

 104,079 

 

 103,271 

 808 

 

 

5

Differences due to prudential filters

 

 (11,069) 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Derivatives: PFE and collateral mitigation (including off-balance sheet exposures)

 

 86,893 

 

 

 86,893 

 

 

7

SFTs: Collateral mitigation (including off-balance sheet exposures)

 

 (76,458) 

 

 

 (76,458) 

 

 

8

Other differences including collateral mitigation in the banking book

 

 (95,746) 

 

 (5,918) 

 

 

 (261,537)4

9

Exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes

 

 977,747 

 

 794,671 

 181,849 

 723 

 504 

1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk, equity investments in funds subject to look-through approach, mandate-based approach, fallback approach and equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method of USD 21,072 million, which are excluded from the credit risk tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB in section 4 of this report, resulting in IFRS carrying values reflected in the credit risk section of USD 676,246 million. However, credit risk tables CR4 and CR5 include non-counterparty-related risk, and credit risk table CR10 includes equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method.    2 Includes the amounts of financial instruments and cash collateral considered for netting per the relevant netting agreement in order to not exceed the net amount of financial assets presented on the balance sheet (included in row 1); i.e., over-collateralization, where it exists, is not reflected in the table.    3 Includes off-balance sheet exposures where a credit conversion factor is applied.    4 Exposure at default is only calculated for securitization exposures in the trading book, resulting in a difference between carrying amounts and exposure amounts considered for regulatory purposes. The effect on the total exposure is higher, since certain exposures are subject to regulatory capital charges in both the market risk and the counterparty credit risk categories.

p

 

Regulatory exposures

Annual | The LI2 table above illustrates the key differences between regulatory exposure amounts and accounting carrying amounts under the regulatory scope of consolidation. In addition to the accounting carrying amounts, the regulatory exposure amounts include:

     netting of financial instruments and cash collateral where an enforceable master netting agreement is in place (row 2);

     off-balance sheet amounts not related to derivatives and securities financing transactions (SFTs) (row 4);

     potential future exposure (PFE) for derivatives, offset by eligible financial collateral deductions (row 6);

     effects from the model calculation of effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) applied to derivatives (row 6);

     any collateral mitigation through the application of the close-out period approach or the comprehensive measurement approach (row 7); and

     effects of collateral mitigation in the banking book (row 8).

 

The regulatory exposure amount excludes prudential filters (row 5), consisting of items subject to deduction from capital, which are not risk-weighted. In addition, exposures that are only subject to market risk do not create any regulatory exposure, as their risk is reflected as part of our market risk risk-weighted asset (RWA) calculation (row 8).

Fair value measurement

The table below refers to additional information about fair value measurement that is provided in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  

 

Annual | 

LIA: Explanations of differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

Annual Report 2021 section

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation methodologies applied, including mark-to-market and mark-to-model methodologies in use

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21a Valuation principles

 

348

 

 

 

Note 21c Fair value hierarchy

 

349–354

 

 

 

Note 21f Level 3 instruments: valuation techniques and inputs

 

357–359

Description of the independent price verification process

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21b Valuation governance

 

348

Procedures for valuation adjustments or reserves for valuing trading positions by type of instrument

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21d Valuation adjustments

 

355–356

p

  

25 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

 

Section 4  Credit risk

Introduction

Semi-annual | This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III credit risk framework. Information about counterparty credit risk is reflected in the “Counterparty credit risk” section of this report. Securitization positions are reported in the “Securitizations” section of this report.

The tables in this section provide details regarding the exposures relevant for determining the firm’s credit risk-related regulatory capital requirement. The parameters applied under the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach are generally based on the same methodologies, data and systems we use for internal credit risk quantification, except where certain treatments are specified by regulatory requirements. These include, for example, the application of regulatory prescribed floors and multipliers, and differences with respect to eligibility criteria and exposure definitions. The exposure information presented in this section may thus differ from our internal management view disclosed in the “Risk management and control” sections of our quarterly and annual reports. Similarly, the regulatory capital prescribed measure of credit risk exposure also differs from how it is defined under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).


Credit risk exposure categories

Semi-annual | The definitions of the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) defined Pillar 3 credit risk exposure categories “Loans” and “Debt securities” below, as referred to in the “CR1: Credit quality of assets” and “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” tables in this section, provide a link to the IFRS balance sheet structure.

The Pillar 3 category “Loans” consists of financial instruments held with the intent to collect the contractual payments and includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

     Balances at central banks;

     Loans and advances to banks

     Loans and advances to customers

     Other financial assets measured at amortized cost, excluding money market instruments, checks and bills, and other debt instruments;

     traded loans in the banking book that are included within Financial assets at fair value held for trading

     Brokerage receivables;

     loans including structured loans that are included within Financial assets at fair value not held for trading and 

     Other non-financial assets.

 

The Pillar 3 category “Debt securities” includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

     money market instruments, checks and bills, and other debt instruments that are included within Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

     Financial assets at fair value held for trading, excluding traded loans;

     Financial assets at fair value not held for trading, excluding loans; and

     Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

 

26 


 

General information about credit risk

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

 

Annual |

CRA: Credit risk management

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation of the business model into the components of the bank’s credit risk profile

 

Risk management and control

 

Key risks by business division and Group Functions

 

99

 

 

 

Risk categories

 

100-101

 

 

 

Credit risk profile of the Group

 

114

 

 

 

Main sources of credit risk

 

113

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

343

Criteria and approach used for defining credit risk management policy and for setting credit risk limits

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

103–104

 

 

Risk appetite framework

 

105–107

 

 

Risk measurement

 

110–112

 

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

114

Structure and organization of the credit risk management and control function

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

103–104

Interaction between the credit risk management, risk control, compliance and internal audit functions

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

103–104

 

 

Risk appetite framework

 

105–107

Scope and content of the reporting on credit risk exposure to the executive management and to the board of directors

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

103–104

 

 

 

Internal risk reporting

 

108

 

 

 

Credit risk profile of the Group

 

114

 

 

 

Risk appetite framework

 

105–107

p

 

  

27 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

Semi-annual | The CR1 table below provides a breakdown of defaulted and non-defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures. The table includes a split of expected credit loss (ECL) accounting provisions based on the standardized approach and the internal ratings-based approach.

Increases in net carrying values of Loans and decreases in net carrying values of Debt securities, when compared with 30 June 2021, are explained in the CR3 table of this report.

For information about the definitions of default and credit impairment, refer to page 129 of our Annual Report 2021, which is available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

More information about the net value movements related to Loans and Debt securities shown in the table is provided on page 34 in the “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” table.

 

Semi-annual |

CR1: Credit quality of assets

 

 

 

Gross carrying amounts of:

 

Allowances / impairments

 

Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on SA exposures

 

Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on

A-IRB exposures

(stage 1, 2, 3)

 

Net values

USD million

 

Defaulted exposures1

Non-defaulted exposures

 

 

Allocated in regulatory category of Specific

(stage 3

credit-impaired)

Allocated in regulatory category of General

(stage 1 & 2)

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 2,414 

 619,072 

 

 (962)4

 

 (96) 

 (58) 

 

 (808) 

 

 620,524 

2

Debt securities

 

 

 55,724 

 

 (2) 

 

 

 (2) 

 

 

 

 55,722 

3

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 

 196 

 64,203 

 

 (156)4

 

 (1) 

 (1) 

 

 (153) 

 

 64,243 

4

Total

 

 2,610 

 738,999 

 

 (1,120)4

 

 (97) 

 (62) 

 

 (961) 

 

 740,489 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 2,979 

 577,556 

 

 (1,079)4

 

 (108) 

 (65) 

 

 (906) 

 

 579,456 

2

Debt securities

 

 

 58,041 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 58,041 

3

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 

 339 

 66,375 

 

 (170)4

 

 (1) 

 (3) 

 

 (166) 

 

 66,544 

4

Total

 

 3,318 

 701,972 

 

 (1,249)4

 

 (110) 

 (68) 

 

 (1,072) 

 

 704,041 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 3,504 

 562,025 

 

 (1,207)4

 

 (115) 

 (73) 

 

 (1,019) 

 

 564,322 

2

Debt securities

 

 

 74,059 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 74,059 

3

Off-balance sheet exposures3

 

 273 

 67,794 

 

 (205)4

 

 (1) 

 (6) 

 

 (197) 

 

 67,862 

4

Total

 

 3,778 

 703,878 

 

 (1,412)4

 

 (116) 

 (80) 

 

 (1,216) 

 

 706,243 

1 Defaulted exposures are in line with credit-impaired exposures (stage 3) under IFRS 9. Refer to Note 20 “Expected credit loss measurement“ of our Annual Report 2021 for more information about IFRS 9.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit risk exposure categories” in this section for more information about the classification of Loans and Debt securities.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable as well as uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.    4 Expected credit loss allowances and provisions amount to USD 1,165 million as of 31 December 2021, as disclosed in Note 20 of our Annual Report 2021. This Pillar 3 table excludes ECL on revocable off-balance sheet exposures (31 December 2021: USD 38 million; 30 June 2021: USD 36 million; 31 December 2020: USD 50 million), ECL on exposures subject to counterparty credit risk (31 December 2021: USD 4 million; 30 June 2020: USD 7 million; 31 December 2020: USD 5 million) and ECL on irrevocable committed prolongation of loans that do not give rise to additional credit exposures (31 December 2021: USD 3 million; 30 June 2021: USD 3 million; 31 December 2020: USD 2 million).

p

 

Semi-annual | The CR2 table below presents changes in stock of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures for the second half of 2021. The total amount of defaulted loans and debt securities was USD 2.6 billion as of 31 December 2021, a decrease from USD 3.3 billion as of 30 June 2021.

 

Semi-annual |

CR2: Changes in stock of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures

USD million

For the half year ended 31.12.211

For the half year ended 30.6.211

1

Defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures as of the beginning of the half year

 3,318 

 3,778 

2

Loans and debt securities that have defaulted since the last reporting period

 321 

 378 

3

Returned to non-defaulted status

 (523) 

 (390) 

4

Amounts written off

 (93) 

 (44) 

5

Other changes

 (413) 

 (404) 

6

Defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures as of the end of the half year

 2,610 

 3,318 

1 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

  

28 


 

Annual | Amounts shown in the tables below and on the following pages relate to on-balance sheet IFRS carrying amounts, as well as off-balance sheet items according to the regulatory scope of consolidation that give rise to credit risk exposure under the Basel III framework.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by industry

31.12.21

USD million

Central banks3

Banks3

Construc-

tion

Electricity, gas, water supply

Financial services

Hotels and restaurants

Manufac-

turing4

Mining

Private households

Public authorities

Real estate and rentals

Retail and wholesale5

Services

Other6

Total carrying amount of assets

Loans1

 192,121 

 16,405 

 3,112 

 1,400 

 78,399 

 2,185 

 4,076 

 653 

 246,268 

 2,618 

 22,889 

 11,462 

 32,812 

 6,123 

 620,524 

Debt securities

 1,968 

 12,626 

 0 

 452 

 11,723 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 1 

 26,453 

 0 

 0 

 2,457 

 42 

 55,722 

Off-balance sheet exposures2

 0 

 4,450 

 1,733 

 829 

 11,320 

 1,118 

 9,893 

 1,270 

 5,624 

 1,684 

 1,866 

 8,319 

 13,271 

 2,866 

 64,243 

Total

 194,089 

 33,481 

 4,846 

 2,682 

 101,442 

 3,303 

 13,969 

 1,923 

 251,892 

 30,755 

 24,756 

 19,781 

 48,540 

 9,031 

 740,489 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

Loans1

 157,530 

 15,275 

 2,901 

 1,022 

 76,718 

 2,144 

 4,020 

 566 

 235,062 

 2,325 

 20,239 

 10,518 

 29,917 

 6,085 

 564,322 

Debt securities

 613 

 13,429 

 0 

 251 

 12,722 

 0 

 1 

 0 

 2 

 41,920 

 0 

 0 

 5,112 

 11 

 74,059 

Off-balance sheet exposures2

 1 

 7,300 

 1,306 

 817 

 14,248 

 826 

 11,847 

 1,545 

 6,871 

 1,364 

 1,186 

 7,012 

 10,772 

 2,766 

 67,862 

Total

 158,144 

 36,004 

 4,207 

 2,090 

 103,688 

 2,970 

 15,867 

 2,111 

 241,934 

 45,609 

 21,425 

 17,530 

 45,801 

 8,863 

 706,243 

1 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.    2 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.    3 Effective from 31 December 2021, we disclose banks and central banks in separate columns.    4 Includes the chemicals industry.    5 Includes the food and beverages industry.    6 Consists of transport, storage, communications and other.

p

 

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical area. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by geographical area

31.12.21

USD million

Asia Pacific

Latin America

Middle East and Africa

North America

Switzerland

Rest of Europe

Total carrying amount of assets

Loans1

 47,007 

 6,524 

 10,239 

 184,479 

 295,622 

 76,653 

 620,524 

Debt securities

 8,219 

 651 

 632 

 27,008 

 3,761 

 15,450 

 55,722 

Off-balance sheet exposures2

 4,009 

 407 

 2,752 

 22,045 

 23,776 

 11,253 

 64,243 

Total

 59,235 

 7,583 

 13,623 

 233,532 

 323,159 

 103,357 

 740,489 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

Loans1

 38,864 

 5,759 

 8,570 

 147,448 

 296,912 

 66,769 

 564,322 

Debt securities

 13,168 

 814 

 397 

 34,309 

 4,080 

 21,291 

 74,059 

Off-balance sheet exposures2

 4,957 

 444 

 3,583 

 23,839 

 22,211 

 12,827 

 67,862 

Total

 56,990 

 7,017 

 12,550 

 205,596 

 323,203 

 100,887 

 706,243 

1 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.    2 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

  

29 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposure by residual contractual maturity as of the reporting date. The residual contractual maturity of assets includes the effect of callable features.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by residual maturity

31.12.21

USD million

Due in

1 year or less

Due between

1 year and 5 years

Due over

5 years

Total carrying amount of assets

Loans1

 440,342 

 108,174 

 72,007 

 620,524 

Debt securities

 17,241 

 20,261 

 18,221 

 55,722 

Off-balance sheet exposures2

 27,291 

 30,875 

 6,077 

 64,243 

Total

 484,874 

 159,310 

 96,305 

 740,489 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

Loans1

 396,329 

 104,352 

 63,641 

 564,322 

Debt securities

 31,226 

 22,651 

 20,181 

 74,059 

Off-balance sheet exposures2

 29,952 

 32,686 

 5,224 

 67,862 

Total

 457,508 

 159,689 

 89,047 

 706,243 

1 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.    2 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

 

Annual |

CRB: Policies for past-due, non-performing and credit-impaired claims

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policies for past-due, non-performing and credit-impaired claims

 

Risk management and control

 

––

Credit risk: Non-performing 

Credit risk: Default and credit-impaired

 

128

129

p

 

Annual | The tables on the next page provide a breakdown of impaired exposures by geographical region and industry. The amounts shown are IFRS carrying amounts. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer.

 

30 


 

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by industry

31.12.21

 

 

 

 

USD million

Credit-impaired exposures, gross (stage 3)

Allowances for credit-impaired exposures

Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances

Write-offs for the year ended

Central Banks

 0 

 0 

 0 

 0 

Banks

 1 

 0 

 1 

 0 

Construction

 155 

 (14) 

 142 

 (1) 

Electricity, gas, water supply

 7 

 (1) 

 7 

 0 

Financial services

 416 

 (132) 

 284 

 (7) 

Hotels and restaurants

 60 

 (4) 

 56 

 (10) 

Manufacturing1

 196 

 (114) 

 82 

 (8) 

Mining

 7 

 (1) 

 6 

 (14) 

Private households

 956 

 (131) 

 825 

 (41) 

Public authorities

 12 

 (5) 

 7 

 0 

Real estate and rentals

 103 

 (24) 

 79 

 (35) 

Retail and wholesale2

 338 

 (169) 

 169 

 (5) 

Services

 257 

 (36) 

 220 

 (14) 

Transport, storage, communications and other

 102 

 (31) 

 71 

 (1) 

Total

 2,610 

 (660) 

 1,949 

 (137) 

 

31.12.20

Central banks

 0 

 0 

 0 

 0 

Banks

 1 

 (1) 

 0 

 0 

Construction

 171 

 (20) 

 151 

 (2) 

Electricity, gas, water supply

 14 

 (3) 

 11 

 

Financial services

 515 

 (133) 

 382 

 (59) 

Hotels and restaurants

 92 

 (16) 

 76 

 (6) 

Manufacturing1

 202 

 (135) 

 66 

 (27) 

Mining

 44 

 (17) 

 27 

 (142) 

Private households

 1,431 

 (148) 

 1,282 

 (27) 

Public authorities

 33 

 (5) 

 28 

 0 

Real estate and rentals

 214 

 (55) 

 159 

 (15) 

Retail and wholesale2

 532 

 (185) 

 347 

 (53) 

Services

 251 

 (48) 

 203 

 (6) 

Transport, storage, communications and other

 278 

 (58) 

 220 

 (8) 

Total

 3,778 

 (826) 

 2,952 

 (346) 

1 Includes the chemicals industry.    2 Includes the food and beverages industry.  

p

 

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical region. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer.

 

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by geographical area

31.12.21

 

 

 

 

USD million

Credit-impaired exposures, gross (stage 3)

Allowances for credit-impaired exposures

Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances

Write-offs for the year ended

Asia Pacific

 217 

 (81) 

 135 

 (1) 

Latin America

 31 

 (11) 

 20 

 0 

Middle East and Africa

 83 

 (61) 

 23 

 0 

North America

 458 

 (110) 

 347 

 (59) 

Switzerland

 1,517 

 (326) 

 1,191 

 (34) 

Rest of Europe

 305 

 (72) 

 233 

 (43) 

Total

 2,610 

 (660) 

 1,949 

 (137) 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

Asia Pacific

 241 

 (88) 

 153 

 (1) 

Latin America

 77 

 (17) 

 60 

 (11) 

Middle East and Africa

 74 

 (62) 

 12 

 0 

North America

 1,017 

 (172) 

 845 

 (182) 

Switzerland

 1,983 

 (389) 

 1,594 

 (79) 

Rest of Europe

 386 

 (98) 

 288 

 (72) 

Total

 3,778 

 (826) 

 2,952 

 (346) 

 

p

  

31 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of total loan balances where payments have been missed. The decrease in past-due amounts is mainly related to positions in the Investment Bank, as well as Personal & Corporate Banking. The amount of past-due mortgage loans was not significant compared with the overall size of the mortgage portfolio. Amounts in the table below are IFRS carrying amounts and include IFRS balance sheet lines Loans and advances to customers and Loans and advances to banks.

 

Annual |

CRB: Past due exposures

USD million

31.12.21

 

31.12.20

1–10 days

 69 

 

 245 

11–30 days

 327 

 

 117 

31–60 days

 95 

 

 237 

61–90 days

 228 

 

 44 

>90 days

 995 

 

 1,371 

of which: mortgage loans

 3471

 

 7091

Total

 1,715 

 

 2,014 

1 Total mortgage loans as of 31 December 2021: USD 198 billion (31 December 2020: 196 billion).

p

 

Restructured exposures

Annual |

CRB: Restructured exposures

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured exposures

 

Risk management and control

 

Forbearance (credit restructuring)

 

 

130

p

 

Annual | The table below provides more information about restructured exposures as of 31 December 2021. The decrease is mainly related to Personal & Corporate Banking.

 

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of restructured exposures between credit-impaired and non-credit-impaired

 

 

Credit-impaired

 

Non-credit-impaired

 

Total

USD million

 

31.12.21

31.12.20

 

31.12.21

31.12.20

 

31.12.21

31.12.20

Restructured exposures

 

 1,199 

 1,600 

 

 1 

 0 

 

 1,200 

 1,600 

p

  

32 


 

Credit risk mitigation

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures provided separately in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  

 

Annual |

CRC: Credit risk mitigation

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core features of policies and processes for, and an indication of the extent to which the bank makes use of, on- and off-balance sheet netting

 

Risk management and control

 

Traded products

 

119–120

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

Note 1a item 2i Offsetting

 

322–323

364–365

 

301

Core features of policies and processes for collateral evaluation and management

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk mitigation

 

121–122

Information about market or credit risk concentrations under the credit risk mitigation instruments used

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk concentrations

Credit risk mitigation

 

112

121–122

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk

Note 21i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial instruments measured at fair value

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

322–323

343

 

362

 

 

 

364–365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                 

p

 

Additional information about counterparty credit risk mitigation is provided in the “Counterparty credit risk” section of this report.

 

 

33 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

Semi-annual | The CR3 table below provides a breakdown of loans and debt securities into unsecured and partially or fully secured exposures, with additional information about the security type.

Compared with 30 June 2021, the carrying amount of unsecured loans increased by USD 32.3 billion to USD 229.1 billion, mainly due to an increase in cash and balances with central banks. Unsecured debt securities decreased by USD 2.3 billion to USD 55.7 billion, mainly due to disposals of high-quality liquid assets (HQLA), as well as currency effects.

The carrying amount of partially or fully secured exposures increased by USD 8.8 billion to USD 391.4 billion, mainly as a result of currency effects and an increase in secured loans to customers in our Global Wealth Management business.

 

Semi-annual |

CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured portion of exposures partially or fully secured:

USD million

 

Exposures fully unsecured: carrying amount

Exposures partially or fully secured: carrying amount

Total: carrying amount

 

Exposures secured by collateral

Exposures secured by financial guarantees

Exposures secured by credit derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 229,089 

 391,434 

 620,524 

 

 373,388 

 4,039 

 46 

1a

of which: cash and balances at central banks

 

 192,117 

 

 192,117 

 

 

 

 

2

Debt securities

 

 55,722 

 

 55,722 

 

 

 

 

3

Total

 

 284,811 

 391,434 

 676,246 

 

 373,388 

 4,039 

 46 

4

of which: defaulted

 

 171 

 1,597 

 1,768 

 

 1,122 

 154 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 196,793 

 382,662 

 579,456 

 

 365,259 

 4,482 

 30 

1a

of which: cash and balances at central banks

 

 159,997 

 

 159,997 

 

 

 

 

2

Debt securities

 

 58,041 

 

 58,041 

 

 

 

 

3

Total

 

 254,835 

 382,662 

 637,497 

 

 365,259 

 4,482 

 30 

4

of which: defaulted

 

 114 

 2,110 

 2,224 

 

 1,368 

 195 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

1

Loans2

 

 192,669 

 371,652 

 564,322 

 

 355,364 

 4,392 

 12 

1a

of which: cash and balances at central banks

 

 157,489 

 

 157,489 

 

 

 

 

2

Debt securities

 

 74,059 

 

 74,059 

 

 

 

 

3

Total

 

 266,729 

 371,652 

 638,381 

 

 355,364 

 4,392 

 12 

4

of which: defaulted

 

 250 

 2,461 

 2,711 

 

 1,662 

 218 

 

1 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit risk exposure categories” in this section for more information about the classification of loans and debt securities.  

p

 

  

34 


 

Credit risk under the standardized approach

Introduction

Annual | The standardized approach is generally applied where using the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach is not possible. The standardized approach requires banks to, where possible, use risk assessments prepared by external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) or export credit agencies to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. We use three FINMA-recognized ECAIs to determine the risk weights for certain counterparties according to the BCBS-defined asset classes: S&P, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.


The mapping of external ratings to the standardized approach risk weights is determined by FINMA and published on its website. There were no changes in the ECAIs used compared with 31 December 2020.

Debt instruments are risk-weighted in accordance with the specific issue ratings available. If there is no specific issue rating published by an ECAI, the issuer rating is applied to the senior unsecured claims of that issuer subject to the conditions prescribed by FINMA. For the asset classes Retail, Equity and Other assets, we apply the regulatory prescribed risk weights independent of an external credit rating.

 

Annual |

CRD: Qualitative disclosures on banks’ use of external credit ratings under the standardized approach for credit risk

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

 

External ratings used

 

Asset classes

 

Moody’s

S&P

Fitch

1

Central governments and central banks

 

l

l

l

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

l

l

l

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

l

l

l

4

Corporates

 

l

l

l

p

 

35 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

Credit risk exposure and CRM effects

Semi-annual | The CR4 table below illustrates the credit risk exposure and effect of credit risk mitigation (CRM) on the calculation of capital requirements under the standardized approach. Compared with 30 June 2021, on-balance sheet exposures in the Central governments and central banks asset class decreased by USD 2.1 billion to USD 6.6 billion, mainly reflecting a decrease in nostros accounts and trading portfolio assets in the banking books in Group Treasury.

On-balance sheet exposures before credit conversion factors (CCF) and CRM in the Corporates asset class increased by USD 1.5 billion to USD 15.3 billion and RWA in the Corporates asset class increased by USD 1.8 billion to USD 11.6 billion, mainly due to an increase in loans in Global Wealth Management.

 

Semi-annual |

CR4: Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects1

 

 

 

Exposures

before CCF and CRM

 

Exposures

post-CCF and post-CRM

 

RWA and RWA density

USD million, except where indicated

 

On-balance sheet amount

Off-balance sheet amount

Total

 

On-balance sheet amount

Off-balance sheet amount

Total

 

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 6,601 

 

 6,601 

 

 6,619 

 6 

 6,626 

 

 622 

 9.4 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 11,134 

 1,291 

 12,425 

 

 11,092 

 561 

 11,654 

 

 2,505 

 21.5 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 2,644 

 1,100 

 3,744 

 

 2,628 

 452 

 3,079 

 

 745 

 24.2 

4

Corporates

 

 15,349 

 10,220 

 25,569 

 

 15,312 

 1,079 

 16,392 

 

 11,551 

 70.5 

5

Retail

 

 11,207 

 3,814 

 15,021 

 

 10,990 

 502 

 11,492 

 

 7,135 

 62.1 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets2

 

 13,571 

 191 

 13,762 

 

 13,571 

 45 

 13,615 

 

 12,916 

 94.9 

8

Total

 

 60,506 

 16,616 

 77,122 

 

 60,212 

 2,645 

 62,858 

 

 35,473 

 56.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 8,717 

 

 8,717 

 

 8,724 

 1 

 8,724 

 

 720 

 8.3 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 10,696 

 1,241 

 11,937 

 

 10,696 

 533 

 11,229 

 

 2,527 

 22.5 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 3,156 

 910 

 4,066 

 

 3,152 

 342 

 3,494 

 

 810 

 23.2 

4

Corporates

 

 13,821 

 11,523 

 25,344 

 

 13,790 

 1,069 

 14,859 

 

 9,718 

 65.4 

5

Retail

 

 12,380 

 4,160 

 16,540 

 

 12,110 

 526 

 12,636 

 

 8,199 

 64.9 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets2

 

 13,640 

 

 13,640 

 

 13,640 

 

 13,640 

 

 12,921 

 94.7 

8

Total

 

 62,410 

 17,834 

 80,243 

 

 62,111 

 2,472 

 64,583 

 

 34,895 

 54.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 8,292 

 

 8,292 

 

 8,296 

 123 

 8,420 

 

 876 

 10.4 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 5,404 

 1,162 

 6,566 

 

 5,404 

 530 

 5,934 

 

 1,327 

 22.4 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 212 

 731 

 943 

 

 211 

 148 

 359 

 

 144 

 40.1 

4

Corporates

 

 8,007 

 15,371 

 23,379 

 

 7,972 

 1,815 

 9,787 

 

 7,576 

 77.4 

5

Retail

 

 12,617 

 4,301 

 16,917 

 

 12,196 

 248 

 12,444 

 

 8,250 

 66.3 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets2

 

 14,345 

 

 14,345 

 

 14,345 

 

 14,345 

 

 13,391 

 93.3 

8

Total

 

 48,878 

 21,565 

 70,443 

 

 48,424 

 2,865 

 51,289 

 

 31,565 

 61.5 

1 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    2 Includes Non-counterparty-related assets.

p

 

36 


 

Exposures by asset class and risk weight

Semi-annual | The CR5 table below shows exposures by asset classes and risk weights applied.

 

Semi-annual |

CR5: Standardized approach – exposures by asset classes and risk weights

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk weight

 

0%

10%

20%

35%

50%

75%

100%

150%

Others

Total credit exposures amount (post-CCF and post-CRM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 5,900 

 

 91 

 

 62 

 

 573 

 

 

 6,626 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 11,113 

 

 520 

 

 18 

 3 

 

 11,654 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 2 

 

 2,732 

 

 295 

 

 51 

 

 

 3,079 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 5,608 

 

 498 

 411

 10,239 

 5 

 

 16,392 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 6,292 

 

 1,220 

 3,902 

 77 

 

 11,492 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 699 

 

 

 

 

 

 12,916 

 

 

 13,615 

8

Total

 

 6,601 

 

 19,544 

 6,292 

 1,376 

 1,261 

 27,700 

 84 

 

 62,858 

9

of which: secured by real estate2

 

 

 

 

 6,292 

 

 181 

 2,354 

 

 

 8,827 

10

of which: past due

 

 

 

 

 108 

 6 

 4 

 193 

 58 

 

 369 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 7,894 

 

 104 

 

 53 

 

 673 

 

 

 8,724 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 10,302 

 

 919 

 

 7 

 

 

 11,229 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 3 

 

 3,200 

 

 244 

 

 48 

 

 

 3,494 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 5,837 

 

 525 

 441

 8,445 

 8 

 

 14,859 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 6,446 

 

 1,236 

 4,833 

 122 

 

 12,636 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 720 

 

 

 

 

 

 12,921 

 

 

 13,640 

8

Total

 

 8,616 

 

 19,443 

 6,446 

 1,742 

 1,280 

 26,926 

 130 

 

 64,583 

9

of which: secured by real estate2

 

 

 

 

 6,446 

 

 182 

 2,162 

 

 

 8,790 

10

of which: past due

 

 

 

 

 112 

 5 

 0 

 310 

 116 

 

 544 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Asset classes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 7,423 

 

 116 

 

 56 

 

 824 

 

 

 8,420 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 5,531 

 

 363 

 

 40 

 

 

 5,934 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 6 

 

 208 

 

 91 

 

 54 

 

 

 359 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 1,959 

 

 512 

 1,0371

 6,275 

 4 

 

 9,787 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 6,052 

 

 1,321 

 4,929 

 141 

 

 12,444 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 954 

 

 

 

 

 

 13,391 

 

 

 14,345 

8

Total

 

 8,383 

 

 7,815 

 6,052 

 1,022 

 2,359 

 25,513 

 145 

 

 51,289 

9

of which: secured by real estate2

 

 

 

 

 6,052 

 

 113 

 1,905 

 

 

 8,071 

10

of which: past due

 

 

 

 

 104 

 7 

 4 

 428 

 133 

 

 676 

 1 Relates to structured margin lending exposures based on the methodology agreed with FINMA.    2 This position includes both residential mortgages and, starting with the 31 December 2021 Pillar 3 Report, claims secured by other properties, such as commercial real estate.

p

37 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

Credit risk under internal ratings-based approaches

Annual | Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we have developed to estimate the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), exposure at default (EAD) and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval. The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Annual |

CRE: Internal ratings-based models

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Internal model development, controls and changes

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk measurement

 

110–112

 

 

Credit risk models

 

122–128

 

 

Key features of our main credit risk models

 

123

 

 

Risk governance

Model risk management

 

103–104

109

Relationships between risk management and internal audit and independent review of IRB models

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

103–104

 

 

 

Risk measurement

 

110–112

Scope and content of the reporting related to credit risk models

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk measurement

 

110–112

 

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

114

 

 

Credit risk models

 

122–128

Supervisor approval of applied approaches

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk measurement

 

110–112

 

 

Changes to models and model parameters during the period

 

128

 

 

Stress testing

 

110–111

 

 

Key features of our main credit risk models

Model risk management

 

123

109

Number of key models used by portfolio and the main differences between models

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk models

 

122–128

Description of the main characteristics of approved models

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk models

 

122–128

p

 

Annual | Semi-annual | The CR6 table on the following pages provides information about credit risk exposures under the A-IRB approach, including a breakdown of the main parameters used in A-IRB models to calculate the capital requirements, presented by portfolio and PD range across FINMA-defined asset classes.

Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we have developed to estimate the PD, LGD, EAD and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval.

Compared with 30 June 2021, EAD post-CCF and post-CRM increased by USD 38.0 billion to USD 724.9 billion across various asset classes, resulting in an overall RWA increase of USD 5.2 billion.

In the Central governments and central banks asset class, EAD post-CCF and post-CRM increased by USD 32.1 billion to USD 222.3 billion, mainly as a result of maintaining increased liquidity levels.

In the Retail: residential mortgages asset class, EAD post-CCF and post-CRM increased by USD 5.4 billion to USD 170.3 billion and RWA increased by USD 2.4 billion to USD 36.3 billion, primarily due to business growth, currency effects and the recalibration of risk parameters for real estate portfolios in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking.

In the Corporates: other lending asset class, EAD post-CCF and post-CRM increased by USD 1.4 billion to USD 62.2 billion, primarily driven by an increase in loans and loan commitments, as well as due to currency effects in Personal & Corporate Banking.

In the Retail: other retail asset class, EAD post-CCF and post-CRM remained unchanged at USD 220.4 billion, as an increase in Lombard loans was entirely offset by a reduction in unutilized Lombard facilities in Global Wealth Management. RWA increased by USD 1.6 billion to USD 17.4 billion, mainly due to the phase-in impact for structured margin loans and similar products in Global Wealth Management.

Information about credit risk RWA for the third quarter of 2021, including details regarding movements in RWA, is provided on pages 9–11 of our 30 September 2021 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors. Further details about the movement of credit risk exposures under the
A-IRB approach for the fourth quarter of 2021 are available in our CR8 disclosure on page 48 of this report.

 

  

38 


 

Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range

Semi-annual |

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 218,068 

 1 

 218,069 

 13.2 

 221,833 

 0.0 

<0.1

 32.2 

 1.0 

 2,311 

 1.0 

 4 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 559 

 

 559 

 

 472 

 0.2 

<0.1

 46.7 

 1.0 

 135 

 28.7 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 10.0 

 0 

 0.3 

<0.1

 47.1 

 2.2 

 0 

 59.7 

 0 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 73 

 3 

 77 

 55.0 

 5 

 0.6 

<0.1

 59.2 

 2.6 

 5 

 92.1 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 33 

 86 

 119 

 35.6 

 4 

 1.5 

<0.1

 35.4 

 3.2 

 5 

 124.7 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 169 

 393 

 562 

 37.1 

 28 

 5.2 

<0.1

 47.7 

 1.6 

 46 

 161.0 

 1 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 

 0 

 12.9 

<0.1

 60.2 

 1.0 

 0 

 275.7 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 11 

 0 

 11 

 10.0 

 4 

 100.0 

<0.1

 50.14

 3.9 

 5 

 106.0 

 6 

 

Subtotal

 

 218,913 

 483 

 219,397 

 36.9 

 222,347 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 32.2 

 1.0 

 2,506 

 1.1 

 12 

 5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 185,370 

 1 

 185,371 

 13.2 

 189,771 

 0.0 

<0.1

 30.4 

 1.1 

 2,171 

 1.1 

 5 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 567 

 

 567 

 

 475 

 0.2 

<0.1

 46.7 

 1.0 

 136 

 28.7 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 10.2 

 0 

 0.3 

<0.1

 45.2 

 2.4 

 0 

 60.7 

 0 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 82 

 3 

 86 

 55.0 

 5 

 0.6 

<0.1

 54.4 

 2.8 

 5 

 85.4 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 10.2 

 1 

 1.2 

<0.1

 38.8 

 3.0 

 1 

 94.1 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 127 

 465 

 592 

 36.6 

 20 

 3.8 

<0.1

 42.5 

 2.0 

 24 

 120.3 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 13.0 

<0.1

 45.5 

 1.0 

 0 

 209.0 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 10 

 0 

 10 

 10.2 

 4 

 100.0 

<0.1

 56.54

 4.3 

 5 

 106.0 

 5 

 

Subtotal

 

 186,158 

 469 

 186,627 

 36.6 

 190,277 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 30.5 

 1.1 

 2,342 

 1.2 

 11 

 6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 198,605 

 1 

 198,606 

 13.1 

 203,051 

 0.0 

<0.1

 30.6 

 1.1 

 2,792 

 1.4 

 4 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 2 

 100 

 102 

 55.0 

 2 

 0.2 

<0.1

 10.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 6.4 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 0.3 

<0.1

 55.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 54.2 

 0 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 5 

 

 5 

 

 3 

 0.7 

<0.1

 96.5 

 1.0 

 4 

 141.2 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 9.7 

 3 

 1.2 

<0.1

 22.3 

 4.4 

 2 

 62.5 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 33 

 219 

 253 

 53.7 

 28 

 3.6 

<0.1

 52.5 

 1.1 

 40 

 145.9 

 1 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 13.2 

<0.1

 48.9 

 1.0 

 0 

 226.0 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 92 

 6 

 98 

 55.0 

 7 

 100.0 

<0.1

 39.84

 4.2 

 7 

 106.0 

 5 

 

Subtotal

 

 198,738 

 327 

 199,065 

 54.0 

 203,094 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 30.6 

 1.1 

 2,847 

 1.4 

 10 

 6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 6,202 

 1,092 

 7,294 

 58.3 

 7,292 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 51.7 

 1.1 

 1,638 

 22.5 

 6 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 748 

 268 

 1,016 

 36.3 

 754 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 54.1 

 1.5 

 390 

 51.7 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 469 

 441 

 910 

 45.4 

 613 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 65.2 

 1.1 

 535 

 87.2 

 2 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 302 

 252 

 554 

 41.9 

 365 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 70.0 

 1.0 

 471 

 129.2 

 2 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 368 

 564 

 933 

 42.5 

 565 

 1.6 

 0.2 

 51.9 

 1.1 

 709 

 125.5 

 4 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 764 

 642 

 1,406 

 43.2 

 603 

 4.0 

 0.2 

 67.1 

 1.0 

 1,380 

 228.8 

 16 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 90 

 51 

 141 

 36.9 

 13 

 11.9 

<0.1

 60.6 

 1.1 

 41 

 313.7 

 1 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 8,944 

 3,310 

 12,254 

 47.6 

 10,206 

 0.4 

 1.5 

 54.3 

 1.1 

 5,164 

 50.6 

 33 

 12 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 7,836 

 1,287 

 9,122 

 53.9 

 9,014 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 50.4 

 1.1 

 1,954 

 21.7 

 7 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 736 

 441 

 1,177 

 41.8 

 834 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 56.6 

 1.8 

 503 

 60.3 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 488 

 489 

 977 

 44.4 

 577 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 60.2 

 1.0 

 457 

 79.2 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 214 

 203 

 417 

 43.6 

 252 

 0.6 

 0.1 

 63.2 

 1.1 

 293 

 116.2 

 1 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 489 

 610 

 1,098 

 45.1 

 620 

 1.7 

 0.2 

 54.4 

 1.2 

 847 

 136.6 

 5 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 502 

 700 

 1,202 

 46.8 

 523 

 4.0 

 0.2 

 64.9 

 1.0 

 1,164 

 222.7 

 14 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 81 

 77 

 158 

 34.5 

 17 

 11.1 

<0.1

 56.4 

 1.1 

 48 

 284.6 

 1 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 10,347 

 3,805 

 14,152 

 47.6 

 11,837 

 0.3 

 1.5 

 52.5 

 1.1 

 5,266 

 44.5 

 31 

 17 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 10,177 

 1,171 

 11,348 

 54.0 

 11,541 

 0.0 

 0.5 

 40.7 

 1.0 

 1,880 

 16.3 

 5 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 1,001 

 333 

 1,334 

 39.7 

 969 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 52.3 

 1.7 

 531 

 54.8 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 601 

 418 

 1,019 

 48.2 

 588 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 59.8 

 1.0 

 470 

 79.9 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 186 

 303 

 489 

 45.0 

 305 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 63.1 

 1.1 

 354 

 116.2 

 2 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 931 

 472 

 1,403 

 43.9 

 1,145 

 1.7 

 0.2 

 58.8 

 1.2 

 1,598 

 139.5 

 12 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 422 

 412 

 835 

 43.2 

 385 

 4.6 

 0.2 

 67.0 

 1.1 

 925 

 240.4 

 12 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 31 

 116 

 147 

 51.6 

 15 

 10.8 

<0.1

 63.9 

 1.0 

 48 

 319.5 

 1 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 13,348 

 3,225 

 16,574 

 48.0 

 14,948 

 0.3 

 1.5 

 44.8 

 1.1 

 5,806 

 38.8 

 33 

 20 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40 


 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 4,682 

 1,183 

 5,865 

 19.1 

 4,985 

 0.0 

 0.2 

 38.0 

 1.1 

 323 

 6.5 

 1 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 268 

 231 

 499 

 12.1 

 294 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 30.4 

 2.5 

 72 

 24.5 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 617 

 428 

 1,045 

 27.8 

 721 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 27.4 

 2.3 

 215 

 29.8 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 38 

 16 

 53 

 27.0 

 41 

 0.6 

<0.1

 31.0 

 2.6 

 21 

 51.5 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 0 

 0 

 0 

 70.0 

 0 

 0.9 

<0.1

 10.0 

 4.6 

 0 

 21.6 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 58 

 0 

 58 

 0.0 

 1 

 3.0 

<0.1

 17.1 

 5.0 

 0 

 50.4 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 4 

 

 4 

 

 4 

 100.0 

<0.1

 0.24

 1.0 

 5 

 106.0 

 0 

 

Subtotal

 

 5,667 

 1,858 

 7,525 

 20.3 

 6,046 

 0.1 

 0.6 

 36.3 

 1.3 

 636 

 10.5 

 2 

 0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 5,316 

 1,198 

 6,514 

 17.9 

 5,566 

 0.0 

 0.3 

 38.5 

 1.1 

 325 

 5.8 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 284 

 183 

 467 

 12.6 

 306 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 31.5 

 2.6 

 80 

 26.1 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 576 

 367 

 943 

 24.8 

 668 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 25.8 

 2.4 

 195 

 29.2 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 36 

 16 

 52 

 26.4 

 39 

 0.6 

<0.1

 31.3 

 2.7 

 20 

 50.0 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 70.0 

 1 

 1.2 

<0.1

 9.1 

 1.9 

 0 

 15.2 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 60 

 0 

 60 

 0.0 

 1 

 2.9 

<0.1

 17.1 

 5.0 

 0 

 49.9 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 4 

 

 4 

 

 4 

 100.0 

<0.1

 0.04

 1.0 

 5 

 106.0 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 6,278 

 1,764 

 8,041 

 18.9 

 6,585 

 0.1 

 0.7 

 36.8 

 1.3 

 625 

 9.5 

 1 

 0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 9,792 

 1,293 

 11,085 

 17.8 

 10,059 

 0.0 

 0.3 

 38.6 

 1.1 

 819 

 8.1 

 1 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 923 

 372 

 1,296 

 19.3 

 993 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 18.3 

 1.7 

 140 

 14.1 

 0 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 649 

 356 

 1,005 

 23.8 

 737 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 23.9 

 2.5 

 202 

 27.4 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 40 

 27 

 67 

 22.2 

 45 

 0.6 

<0.1

 30.8 

 2.8 

 22 

 49.4 

 0 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 1 

 0 

 1 

 81.4 

 2 

 1.0 

<0.1

 17.2 

 2.6 

 1 

 33.7 

 0 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 68 

 0 

 68 

 9.7 

 1 

 2.9 

<0.1

 17.1 

 5.0 

 1 

 49.9 

 0 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 5 

 

 5 

 

 5 

 100.0 

<0.1

 0.24

 1.0 

 5 

 106.0 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 11,478 

 2,048 

 13,526 

 19.2 

 11,841 

 0.1 

 0.7 

 35.9 

 1.2 

 1,190 

 10.0 

 2 

 0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 2,903 

 1,060 

 3,963 

 73.1 

 3,516 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 13.9 

 2.1 

 264 

 7.5 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 2,066 

 1,119 

 3,186 

 44.5 

 2,419 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 22.2 

 1.9 

 497 

 20.5 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4,793 

 2,566 

 7,359 

 33.6 

 5,577 

 0.4 

 0.6 

 26.9 

 2.0 

 2,318 

 41.6 

 5 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,758 

 2,292 

 7,050 

 39.5 

 5,568 

 0.6 

 0.5 

 27.4 

 1.8 

 2,692 

 48.3 

 10 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 8,128 

 3,593 

 11,721 

 32.4 

 9,282 

 1.3 

 1.3 

 28.3 

 1.9 

 6,266 

 67.5 

 36 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,797 

 385 

 2,182 

 43.9 

 1,948 

 3.3 

 0.4 

 32.7 

 1.9 

 1,970 

 101.1 

 21 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

 11.0 

<0.1

 26.0 

 2.5 

 0 

 122.2 

 0 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 193 

 3 

 196 

 71.9 

 91 

 100.0 

<0.1

 53.64

 3.0 

 97 

 106.0 

 105 

 

Subtotal

 

 24,640 

 11,017 

 35,657 

 39.7 

 28,402 

 1.2 

 3.6 

 25.9 

 1.9 

 14,103 

 49.7 

 179 

 116 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 2,694 

 648 

 3,342 

 72.9 

 3,005 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 15.8 

 2.3 

 290 

 9.6 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 1,664 

 474 

 2,139 

 70.2 

 1,997 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 15.4 

 2.2 

 285 

 14.3 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4,304 

 2,226 

 6,530 

 39.7 

 5,163 

 0.4 

 0.6 

 25.7 

 1.7 

 1,822 

 35.3 

 5 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 5,112 

 2,650 

 7,762 

 39.7 

 6,099 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 27.6 

 2.0 

 3,123 

 51.2 

 11 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 8,005 

 2,536 

 10,541 

 38.8 

 8,970 

 1.4 

 1.3 

 29.0 

 2.0 

 6,342 

 70.7 

 37 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,781 

 413 

 2,194 

 50.2 

 1,968 

 3.4 

 0.4 

 35.7 

 2.1 

 2,192 

 111.4 

 24 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 28 

 

 28 

 

 29 

 18.3 

<0.1

 37.9 

 3.5 

 91 

 310.3 

 2 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 184 

 2 

 186 

 82.1 

 82 

 100.0 

<0.1

 55.84

 2.5 

 86 

 106.0 

 104 

 

Subtotal

 

 23,771 

 8,950 

 32,721 

 44.0 

 27,313 

 1.2 

 3.7 

 26.2 

 2.0 

 14,231 

 52.1 

 183 

 117 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 3,082 

 684 

 3,767 

 71.9 

 3,372 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 13.8 

 2.0 

 229 

 6.8 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 2,023 

 452 

 2,475 

 65.1 

 2,317 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 14.2 

 2.0 

 304 

 13.1 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 5,025 

 2,361 

 7,386 

 34.8 

 5,745 

 0.4 

 0.6 

 24.8 

 1.8 

 1,954 

 34.0 

 5 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,286 

 2,892 

 7,177 

 32.8 

 5,147 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 27.0 

 1.7 

 2,450 

 47.6 

 9 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 8,141 

 2,715 

 10,856 

 39.3 

 9,189 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 29.2 

 1.8 

 6,275 

 68.3 

 38 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,660 

 398 

 2,059 

 61.3 

 1,904 

 3.4 

 0.3 

 35.8 

 2.0 

 2,172 

 114.1 

 23 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 18 

 

 18 

 

 18 

 22.0 

<0.1

 33.0 

 5.0 

 72 

 398.0 

 1 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 209 

 8 

 218 

 75.0 

 106 

 100.0 

<0.1

 50.24

 2.4 

 113 

 106.0 

 108 

 

Subtotal

 

 24,443 

 9,512 

 33,955 

 40.7 

 27,799 

 1.3 

 3.7 

 25.3 

 1.8 

 13,569 

 48.8 

 186 

 125 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42 


 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 12,096 

 19,907 

 32,003 

 36.7 

 17,136 

 0.1 

 8.0 

 34.6 

 1.7 

 3,865 

 22.6 

 4 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 6,391 

 7,442 

 13,833 

 35.7 

 8,832 

 0.2 

 2.4 

 39.6 

 2.1 

 3,755 

 42.5 

 7 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 6,048 

 4,988 

 11,036 

 37.0 

 7,114 

 0.4 

 3.1 

 28.9 

 2.3 

 3,365 

 47.3 

 7 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,384 

 4,249 

 8,634 

 38.4 

 5,872 

 0.6 

 2.8 

 30.3 

 2.0 

 3,541 

 60.3 

 11 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 10,164 

 8,245 

 18,409 

 42.7 

 12,052 

 1.5 

 11.0 

 29.0 

 2.1 

 8,721 

 72.4 

 52 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 6,354 

 11,831 

 18,186 

 40.5 

 9,983 

 4.3 

 5.5 

 31.5 

 2.4 

 14,303 

 143.3 

 138 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 364 

 410 

 774 

 54.7 

 516 

 13.4 

 0.3 

 28.2 

 1.6 

 949 

 184.0 

 20 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 1,140 

 232 

 1,372 

 40.5 

 737 

 100.0 

 0.8 

 33.24

 3.5 

 781 

 106.0 

 369 

 

Subtotal

 

 46,942 

 57,305 

 104,247 

 38.5 

 62,241 

 2.4 

 33.9 

 32.6 

 2.1 

 39,281 

 63.1 

 609 

 647 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 14,541 

 16,855 

 31,396 

 36.1 

 17,706 

 0.1 

 7.7 

 34.6 

 1.6 

 3,723 

 21.0 

 4 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 5,764 

 7,927 

 13,691 

 35.3 

 8,180 

 0.2 

 2.4 

 36.5 

 2.2 

 3,275 

 40.0 

 7 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 5,776 

 4,951 

 10,727 

 36.7 

 6,382 

 0.4 

 3.3 

 29.2 

 2.6 

 3,105 

 48.7 

 7 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 3,877 

 2,879 

 6,757 

 42.9 

 4,946 

 0.6 

 3.0 

 27.2 

 2.2 

 2,580 

 52.2 

 9 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 10,800 

 8,611 

 19,412 

 41.9 

 12,586 

 1.4 

 11.4 

 30.0 

 2.1 

 8,905 

 70.8 

 54 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 5,177 

 15,677 

 20,854 

 35.5 

 9,636 

 4.4 

 5.4 

 33.8 

 2.3 

 14,657 

 152.1 

 146 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 270 

 441 

 711 

 57.2 

 428 

 14.5 

 0.3 

 23.6 

 2.0 

 769 

 179.4 

 15 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 1,392 

 417 

 1,809 

 47.7 

 954 

 100.0 

 0.9 

 31.84

 3.0 

 1,002 

 106.0 

 463 

 

Subtotal

 

 47,597 

 57,758 

 105,355 

 37.3 

 60,818 

 2.8 

 34.3 

 32.5 

 2.1 

 38,016 

 62.5 

 703 

 739 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 18,411 

 20,390 

 38,801 

 34.3 

 22,251 

 0.1 

 4.7 

 33.0 

 1.5 

 4,486 

 20.2 

 4 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 6,697 

 6,593 

 13,290 

 35.3 

 8,393 

 0.2 

 1.7 

 36.4 

 2.2 

 3,287 

 39.2 

 5 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 4,536 

 4,490 

 9,026 

 38.5 

 5,311 

 0.4 

 2.7 

 33.2 

 2.2 

 2,620 

 49.3 

 6 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,370 

 3,403 

 7,773 

 38.1 

 5,489 

 0.6 

 2.4 

 31.3 

 1.9 

 3,122 

 56.9 

 11 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 11,515 

 8,534 

 20,049 

 44.4 

 13,078 

 1.4 

 10.8 

 30.1 

 2.1 

 9,441 

 72.2 

 57 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 4,995 

 11,609 

 16,605 

 39.6 

 8,392 

 4.4 

 4.7 

 32.5 

 2.1 

 11,715 

 139.6 

 120 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 319 

 443 

 762 

 57.3 

 470 

 14.8 

 0.3 

 29.1 

 2.0 

 1,040 

 221.1 

 20 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 1,576 

 358 

 1,934 

 53.2 

 1,079 

 100.0 

 0.6 

 31.64

 3.0 

 1,144 

 106.0 

 487 

 

Subtotal

 

 52,420 

 55,821 

 108,241 

 37.9 

 64,463 

 2.8 

 28.0 

 32.6 

 1.9 

 36,855 

 57.2 

 712 

 862 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 75,576 

 1,650 

 77,227 

 61.0 

 76,587 

 0.1 

 138.0 

 18.3 

 

 2,995 

 3.9 

 12 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 18,717 

 354 

 19,071 

 75.5 

 18,985 

 0.2 

 22.5 

 25.5 

 

 1,894 

 10.0 

 9 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 25,283 

 616 

 25,899 

 82.1 

 25,797 

 0.4 

 28.9 

 27.6 

 

 4,460 

 17.3 

 25 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 15,659 

 459 

 16,118 

 89.0 

 16,069 

 0.6 

 14.3 

 30.4 

 

 4,637 

 28.9 

 31 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 22,380 

 1,780 

 24,160 

 81.4 

 23,827 

 1.3 

 26.0 

 34.0 

 

 12,512 

 52.5 

 108 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 7,163 

 462 

 7,624 

 87.7 

 7,573 

 4.3 

 7.9 

 33.1 

 

 7,599 

 100.4 

 108 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 905 

 21 

 926 

 95.4 

 926 

 15.4 

 0.8 

 32.9 

 

 1,619 

 174.9 

 48 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 577 

 2 

 579 

 66.5 

 552 

 100.0 

 0.8 

 4.64

 

 585 

 106.0 

 27 

 

Subtotal

 

 166,261 

 5,344 

 171,605 

 51.0 

 170,315 

 1.0 

 239.0 

 24.5 

 

 36,302 

 21.3 

 368 

 152 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 74,438 

 1,618 

 76,056 

 61.0 

 75,427 

 0.1 

 138.2 

 18.4 

 

 2,940 

 3.9 

 12 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 17,957 

 312 

 18,269 

 76.7 

 18,199 

 0.2 

 22.2 

 25.6 

 

 1,729 

 9.5 

 9 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 24,379 

 617 

 24,996 

 82.2 

 24,887 

 0.4 

 28.8 

 27.9 

 

 4,136 

 16.6 

 24 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 14,322 

 541 

 14,863 

 88.5 

 14,801 

 0.6 

 14.0 

 30.3 

 

 4,093 

 27.7 

 28 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 21,597 

 1,603 

 23,200 

 80.7 

 22,895 

 1.3 

 25.3 

 34.1 

 

 11,759 

 51.4 

 104 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 6,711 

 440 

 7,151 

 84.8 

 7,085 

 4.3 

 7.5 

 33.6 

 

 7,005 

 98.9 

 101 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 1,015 

 21 

 1,036 

 90.9 

 1,034 

 15.6 

 0.9 

 32.0 

 

 1,603 

 154.9 

 53 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 639 

 2 

 642 

 72.7 

 614 

 100.0 

 0.9 

 4.14

 

 651 

 106.0 

 26 

 

Subtotal

 

 161,057 

 5,154 

 166,211 

 75.7 

 164,943 

 1.0 

 237.8 

 24.6 

 

 33,917 

 20.6 

 358 

 161 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 74,826 

 1,790 

 76,616 

 67.1 

 75,989 

 0.1 

 136.1 

 18.3 

 

 3,041 

 4.0 

 12 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 18,179 

 477 

 18,656 

 71.2 

 18,522 

 0.2 

 22.3 

 25.2 

 

 1,702 

 9.2 

 9 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 24,542 

 750 

 25,292 

 73.9 

 25,097 

 0.4 

 28.7 

 26.8 

 

 3,956 

 15.8 

 24 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 14,554 

 652 

 15,206 

 73.0 

 15,034 

 0.6 

 13.8 

 29.2 

 

 3,952 

 26.3 

 28 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 21,785 

 1,838 

 23,623 

 73.3 

 23,132 

 1.3 

 26.3 

 32.4 

 

 11,402 

 49.3 

 100 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 7,174 

 548 

 7,722 

 78.5 

 7,612 

 4.5 

 8.5 

 30.9 

 

 7,098 

 93.2 

 103 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 982 

 59 

 1,041 

 70.5 

 1,025 

 15.2 

 0.9 

 31.7 

 

 1,525 

 148.9 

 49 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 746 

 3 

 749 

 59.8 

 721 

 100.0 

 1.0 

 3.74

 

 764 

 106.0 

 27 

 

Subtotal

 

 162,788 

 6,117 

 168,906 

 71.8 

 167,131 

 1.1 

 237.6 

 23.9 

 

 33,439 

 20.0 

 352 

 177 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44 


 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.212

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 238 

 3,790 

 4,028 

 52.0 

 2,209 

 0.0 

 458.1 

 37.2 

 

 48 

 2.2 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 124 

 1,420 

 1,544 

 49.4 

 825 

 0.2 

 208.5 

 42.0 

 

 58 

 7.0 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 158 

 594 

 753 

 49.5 

 453 

 0.4 

 97.3 

 45.8 

 

 62 

 13.7 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 137 

 338 

 474 

 49.1 

 302 

 0.6 

 70.2 

 47.1 

 

 68 

 22.5 

 1 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 296 

 658 

 954 

 59.7 

 704 

 1.4 

 138.9 

 49.1 

 

 295 

 41.8 

 5 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 326 

 203 

 530 

 22.7 

 341 

 4.2 

 77.7 

 50.0 

 

 324 

 95.1 

 8 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 52 

 9 

 61 

 55.4 

 57 

 19.1 

 13.3 

 56.1 

 

 145 

 254.9 

 6 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 43 

 

 43 

 

 26 

 100.0 

 21.1 

 40.04

 

 27 

 106.0 

 17 

 

Subtotal

 

 1,373 

 7,013 

 8,386 

 51.0 

 4,917 

 1.3 

 1,085.1 

 42.2 

 

 1,028 

 20.9 

 38 

 29 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 30.6.212

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 227 

 3,659 

 3,886 

 53.1 

 2,168 

 0.0 

 455.3 

 37.1 

 

 47 

 2.2 

 0 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 111 

 1,261 

 1,373 

 48.7 

 725 

 0.2 

 186.8 

 42.4 

 

 51 

 7.1 

 1 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 150 

 575 

 725 

 48.7 

 429 

 0.4 

 94.2 

 45.5 

 

 59 

 13.7 

 1 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 126 

 347 

 473 

 49.1 

 297 

 0.6 

 71.2 

 46.5 

 

 66 

 22.3 

 1 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 306 

 849 

 1,155 

 49.3 

 724 

 1.4 

 153.2 

 48.8 

 

 302 

 41.7 

 5 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 303 

 171 

 474 

 29.0 

 338 

 4.1 

 79.6 

 49.3 

 

 317 

 93.7 

 7 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 50 

 9 

 59 

 54.8 

 55 

 19.1 

 13.0 

 55.1 

 

 139 

 251.4 

 6 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 40 

 

 40 

 

 24 

 100.0 

 22.4 

 40.04

 

 25 

 106.0 

 16 

 

Subtotal

 

 1,313 

 6,871 

 8,185 

 50.6 

 4,761 

 1.3 

 1,075.6 

 42.1 

 

 1,007 

 21.1 

 36 

 27 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.202

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 66 

 462 

 528 

 

 91 

 1.7 

 29.1 

 47.0 

 

 97 

 106.6 

 1 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,245 

 6,425 

 7,670 

 

 1,723 

 2.7 

 901.7 

 42.0 

 

 606 

 35.2 

 19 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 40 

 

 40 

 

 24 

 100.0 

 23.0 

 40.04

 

 25 

 106.0 

 16 

 

Subtotal

 

 1,350 

 6,888 

 8,238 

 

 1,838 

 3.9 

 953.8 

 42.2 

 

 729 

 39.6 

 35 

 31 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

Original on-balance sheet gross exposure

Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF

Total exposures pre-CCF

Average CCF in %

EAD post-CCF and post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years

RWA

RWA density in %

EL

Provisions1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.213

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 133,340 

 314,819 

 448,158 

 18.1 

 190,358 

 0.0 

 499.1 

 28.4 

 

 8,817 

 4.6 

 23 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 5,729 

 8,764 

 14,493 

 19.0 

 7,395 

 0.2 

 9.3 

 27.9 

 

 951 

 12.9 

 4 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 6,517 

 10,046 

 16,563 

 18.9 

 8,415 

 0.4 

 10.5 

 30.8 

 

 1,921 

 22.8 

 9 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 4,410 

 7,997 

 12,407 

 19.4 

 5,963 

 0.6 

 11.3 

 24.4 

 

 1,506 

 25.3 

 9 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 5,164 

 9,231 

 14,395 

 21.1 

 7,106 

 1.2 

 45.3 

 34.3 

 

 3,221 

 45.3 

 28 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 795 

 1,087 

 1,882 

 22.4 

 1,038 

 4.4 

 3.5 

 46.4 

 

 902 

 86.9 

 27 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 137 

 99 

 236 

 17.6 

 141 

 20.7 

 1.0 

 24.7 

 

 100 

 71.0 

 7 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 38 

 3 

 41 

 10.1 

 14 

 100.0 

<0.1

 61.14

 

 14 

 106.0 

 25 

 

Subtotal

 

 156,130 

 352,045 

 508,175 

 18.3 

 220,429 

 0.1 

 579.9 

 28.6 

 

 17,433 

 7.9 

 131 

 37 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 30.6.213

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 131,672 

 324,934 

 456,605 

 19.3 

 194,127 

 0.0 

 397.3 

 28.9 

 

 8,541 

 4.4 

 23 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 3,768 

 6,668 

 10,436 

 19.8 

 5,085 

 0.2 

 8.5 

 25.1 

 

 547 

 10.8 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 6,697 

 9,172 

 15,869 

 17.3 

 8,280 

 0.4 

 9.6 

 35.4 

 

 2,007 

 24.2 

 10 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 3,518 

 6,846 

 10,364 

 19.7 

 4,865 

 0.6 

 10.1 

 24.0 

 

 1,122 

 23.1 

 7 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 5,268 

 8,370 

 13,638 

 21.7 

 7,084 

 1.1 

 45.0 

 32.3 

 

 2,844 

 40.1 

 26 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 704 

 748 

 1,453 

 19.5 

 846 

 5.0 

 3.5 

 47.6 

 

 711 

 84.1 

 25 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 75 

 104 

 178 

 20.8 

 96 

 20.1 

 0.8 

 27.7 

 

 71 

 74.2 

 5 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 45 

 1 

 46 

 27.7 

 20 

 100.0 

<0.1

 55.94

 

 21 

 106.0 

 26 

 

Subtotal

 

 151,746 

 356,843 

 508,589 

 19.3 

 220,404 

 0.1 

 474.9 

 29.1 

 

 15,865 

 7.2 

 125 

 40 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 120,619 

 310,586 

 431,205 

 19.5 

 181,028 

 0.0 

 343.2 

 31.0 

 

 7,337 

 4.1 

 23 

 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 3,940 

 6,764 

 10,704 

 19.0 

 5,221 

 0.2 

 7.2 

 27.7 

 

 556 

 10.7 

 2 

 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 5,109 

 7,635 

 12,744 

 18.8 

 6,541 

 0.4 

 8.4 

 31.7 

 

 1,281 

 19.6 

 7 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 3,855 

 6,451 

 10,306 

 20.2 

 5,160 

 0.6 

 8.8 

 27.8 

 

 1,240 

 24.0 

 9 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 4,522 

 8,480 

 13,002 

 21.5 

 6,352 

 1.1 

 47.8 

 31.3 

 

 2,276 

 35.8 

 23 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 884 

 897 

 1,781 

 18.7 

 1,143 

 4.8 

 3.4 

 52.0 

 

 1,004 

 87.8 

 35 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 128 

 90 

 218 

 20.1 

 146 

 18.4 

 0.9 

 28.2 

 

 93 

 63.6 

 8 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 77 

 28 

 105 

 27.9 

 56 

 100.0 

<0.1

 28.04

 

 60 

 106.0 

 28 

 

Subtotal

 

 139,134 

 340,930 

 480,064 

 19.5 

 205,647 

 0.2 

 419.6 

 31.0 

 

 13,847 

 6.7 

 135 

 43 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 31.12.21

 

 628,870 

 438,375 

 1,067,245 

 23.0 

 724,901 

 0.5 

 1,943.8 

 29.5 

 1.35

 116,453 

 16.1 

 1,371 

 998 

Total 30.6.21

 

 588,266 

 441,616 

 1,029,882 

 23.5 

 686,937 

 0.6 

 1,828.6 

 29.1 

 1.45

 111,267 

 16.2 

 1,450 

 1,106 

Total 31.12.20

 

 603,700 

 424,868 

 1,028,568 

 23.1 

 696,762 

 0.6 

 1,645.1 

 29.5 

 1.35

 108,281 

 15.5 

 1,466 

 1,264 

1 In line with BCBS Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, provisions are only provided for the sub-totals by asset class. Expected credit loss (ECL) allowances and provisions amounted to USD 1,165 million as of 31 December 2021, as disclosed in “Note 20 Expected credit loss measurement” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2021. This included USD 998 million related to credit risk under the IRB approach, USD 163 million related to credit risk under the standardized approach and USD 4 million related to exposures under counterparty credit risk. The CR6 table includes ECL related to revocable off-balance sheet exposures of USD 36 million, which are excluded from the “CR1: Credit quality of assets” table in this report.    2 For the calculation of the “EAD post-CCF and post-CRM” column for QRRE, a balance factor approach was used instead of a CCF approach until 31 December 2020, where the EAD was calculated by multiplying the on-balance sheet exposure by a fixed factor of 1.4. A CCF approach has been applied from 2021 onward, due to the introduction of a new model for credit card exposures in Switzerland.    3 In the second quarter of 2021, we began to phase in a quarterly RWA increase of USD 0.7 billion related to a new model for structured margin loans and similar products in Global Wealth Management in the “Retail: other retail” asset class. The RWA increase is being phased in over five quarters. The associated changes to PD and LGD, as well as a refinement to the asset class allocation, primarily toward the corporate asset class, will only be reflected with the introduction of the new model in the second quarter of 2022.    4 Average LGD for defaulted exposures disclosed in the table is not used to calculate RWA. The disclosed number is derived using ECL accounting provisions (stage 3) divided by total exposures pre-CCF.    5 Retail asset classes are excluded from the average maturity as maturity is not relevant for risk-weighting.

p

46 


 

Credit derivatives used as CRM techniques

Semi-annual | Where credit derivatives are used as credit risk mitigation, the probability of default (PD) of the obligor is in general substituted with the PD of the hedge provider. In addition, default correlation between the obligor and the hedge provider is taken into account through the double default approach. Refer to the “CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures” table in section 5 of this report for notional and fair value information about credit derivatives used as CRM.

  

 

Semi-annual |

CR7: IRB – effect on RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.12.20

USD million

 

Pre-credit derivatives RWA

Actual RWA

 

Pre-credit derivatives RWA

Actual RWA

 

Pre-credit derivatives RWA

Actual RWA

1

Central governments and central banks – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Central governments and central banks – AIRB

 

 2,506 

 2,506 

 

 2,342 

 2,342 

 

 2,847 

 2,847 

3

Banks and securities dealers – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Banks and securities dealers – AIRB

 

 5,205 

 5,164 

 

 5,266 

 5,266 

 

 5,806 

 5,806 

5

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks – AIRB

 

 636 

 636 

 

 625 

 625 

 

 1,190 

 1,190 

7

Corporates: specialized lending – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Corporates: specialized lending – AIRB

 

 14,103 

 14,103 

 

 14,231 

 14,231 

 

 13,569 

 13,569 

9

Corporates: other lending – FIRB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Corporates: other lending – AIRB

 

 39,402 

 39,281 

 

 38,292 

 38,016 

 

 37,220 

 36,855 

11

Retail: mortgage loans

 

 36,302 

 36,302 

 

 33,917 

 33,917 

 

 33,439 

 33,439 

12

Retail exposures: qualifying revolving retail (QRRE)

 

 1,028 

 1,028 

 

 1,007 

 1,007 

 

 729 

 729 

13

Retail: other

 

 17,433 

 17,433 

 

 15,865 

 15,865 

 

 13,847 

 13,847 

14

Equity positions (PD / LGD approach)

 

 0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total

 

 116,614 

 116,453 

 

 111,544 

 111,267 

 

 108,646 

 108,281 

 

p

The table below provides definitions applied in the CR8 table on the following page.

 

 

Definitions of credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components for CR8 and CCR7

The references in the table below refer to the line numbers provided in the movement tables on the next page and page 66 of this report.

Reference

Description

Definition

2

Asset size

 

Movements arising in the ordinary course of business, such as new transactions, sales and write-offs.

3

Asset quality / Credit quality of counterparties

 

Movements resulting from changes in the underlying credit quality of counterparties. These are caused by changes to risk parameters, e.g., counterparty ratings, LGD estimates or credit hedges.

4

Model updates

 

Movements arising from the implementation of new models and from parameter changes to existing models. The RWA effect of model updates is estimated based on the portfolio at the time of the implementation of the change.

5

Methodology and policy

 

 

Movements due to methodological changes in calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions to existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator. The effect of methodology and policy changes on RWA is estimated based on the portfolio at the time of the implementation of the change.

6

Acquisitions and disposals

 

Movements as a result of disposal or acquisition of business operations, quantified based on the credit risk exposures as of the end of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition. Purchases and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are reflected under Asset size

7

Foreign exchange movements

 

Movements as a result of exchange rate changes of transaction currencies against the US dollar.

8

Other

 

Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to any other category.

 

47 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under IRB

Quarterly | Credit risk RWA under the A-IRB approach increased by USD 4.3 billion to USD 116.5 billion during the fourth quarter of 2021.

The RWA increase from asset size movements of USD 1.6 billion was predominantly driven by increases from loans in the Investment Bank and Global Wealth Management.


Model updates of USD 1.8 billion were mainly driven by the quarterly phase-in impacts for structured margin loans and similar products in Global Wealth Management, as well as new probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) models for the mortgage portfolio in the US, and an enhancement of the guarantee framework in Personal & Corporate Banking. Foreign exchange movements led to an RWA increase of USD 1 billion.

 

Quarterly |

CR8: RWA flow statements of credit risk exposures under IRB

USD million

For the quarter ended 31.12.21

 

For the quarter ended 30.9.21

 

For the quarter ended 30.6.21

 

For the quarter ended 31.3.21

1

RWA as of the beginning of the quarter

 112,184 

 

 111,267 

 

 106,186 

 

 108,281 

2

Asset size

 1,554 

 

 1,985 

 

 1,449 

 

 2,762 

3

Asset quality

 (45) 

 

 (1,141) 

 

 15 

 

 (1,456) 

4

Model updates

 1,751 

 

 986 

 

 2,467 

 

 550 

5

Methodology and policy

 

 

 375 

 

 (713) 

 

 

5a

of which: regulatory add-ons

 

 

 375 

 

 497 

 

 

6

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 (15) 

 

 

 

 

7

Foreign exchange movements

 1,009 

 

 (723) 

 

 1,260 

 

 (3,951) 

8

Other

 

 

 (550) 

 

 603 

 

 

9

RWA as of the end of the quarter

 116,453 

 

 112,184 

 

 111,267 

 

 106,186 

p

48 


 

Backtesting

Annual | More information about backtesting of credit models is provided on pages 127-128 of our Annual Report 2021  

Annual |  

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

S&P

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %2

 

End of the previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.7 

 0.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.2 

 1.1 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.6 

 3.5 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 13.2 

 10.8 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.0 

 1.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.4 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.7 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.5 

 1.3 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 2.7 

 4.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 13.0 

 15.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.1 

 1.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

 

49 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

S&P

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %2

 

End of the previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 0.5 

 0.5 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.7 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.8 

 1.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.7 

 3.2 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.3 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 10.8 

 17.8 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.9 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.5 

 0.8 

 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

 0.5 

 0.5 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.7 

 1.4 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.2 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.6 

 3.1 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.3 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 14.2 

 22.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 1.0 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.3 

 0.7 

 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

 

50 


 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

S&P

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %2

 

End of the previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.5 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.0 

 1.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 2.9 

 2.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 0 

 0 

 7.1 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 

 0.7 

 0.6 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.1 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.5 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.0 

 1.2 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 2.9 

 2.7 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 0 

 0 

 7.7 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.7 

 0.7 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

 

51 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

S&P

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %2

 

End of the previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 0.5 

 0.5 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 0.6 

 0.5 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.2 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 1.4 

 1.3 

 

 2 

 0 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.4 

 3.4 

 

 0.3 

 0.4 

 

 2 

 0 

 1.2 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

< 0.1

 

 0 

 0 

 5.3 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.3 

 1.0 

 

 3.7 

 3.6 

 

 5 

 0 

 0.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 0.4 

 0.5 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 3 

 0 

 0.2 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 1.4 

 1.4 

 

 3 

 0 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 3.5 

 3.5 

 

 0.3 

 0.3 

 

 3 

 0 

 1.3 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 

 

 

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 0 

 0 

 5.7 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.2 

 1.1 

 

 3.7 

 3.7 

 

 11 

 0 

 0.3 

 

52 


 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

S&P

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %2

 

End of the previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 3.7 

 3.9 

 

 0 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 1.6 

 1.6 

 

 3 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 2.6 

 2.4 

 

 4 

 1 

 0.2 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 2.4 

 2.3 

 

 9 

 0 

 0.3 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.4 

 1.5 

 

 10.7 

 10.2 

 

 81 

 1 

 0.6 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.4 

 3.9 

 

 4.9 

 5.2 

 

 90 

 1 

 2.0 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 14.9 

 14.2 

 

< 0.1

 0.1 

 

 13 

 4 

 11.7 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 3.3 

 1.5 

 

 26.0 

 25.7 

 

 200 

 7 

 0.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 3.3 

 3.7 

 

 4 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 1.6 

 1.6 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 2.4 

 2.6 

 

 4 

 0 

 0.2 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 2.4 

 2.4 

 

 6 

 0 

 0.3 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.4 

 1.5 

 

 11.0 

 10.7 

 

 101 

 10 

 0.6 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.0 

 3.9 

 

 4.9 

 4.9 

 

 110 

 1 

 1.9 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 17.6 

 15.0 

 

< 0.1

< 0.1

 

 18 

 0 

 11.5 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 2.2 

 1.5 

 

 25.7 

 26.0 

 

 244 

 11 

 0.3 

 

53 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

S&P

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %2

 

End of the previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 136.1 

 138.0 

 

 78 

 0 

 0.1 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 22.3 

 22.5 

 

 37 

 1 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 28.7 

 28.9 

 

 46 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 13.8 

 14.3 

 

 27 

 1 

 0.3 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.3 

 1.3 

 

 26.3 

 26.0 

 

 69 

 0 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.5 

 4.3 

 

 8.5 

 7.9 

 

 85 

 0 

 1.2 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.2 

 16.0 

 

 0.9 

 0.8 

 

 27 

 0 

 3.5 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.1 

 0.5 

 

 236.6 

 238.2 

 

 369 

 2 

 0.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.1 

 0.1 

 

 129.2 

 136.1 

 

 73 

 0 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 21.0 

 22.3 

 

 30 

 1 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.3 

 0.4 

 

 28.4 

 28.7 

 

 47 

 1 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 16.2 

 13.8 

 

 103 

 6 

 0.4 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.3 

 1.3 

 

 28.5 

 26.3 

 

 88 

 1 

 0.4 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.4 

 4.2 

 

 10.8 

 8.5 

 

 116 

 3 

 1.2 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.8 

 15.7 

 

 1.2 

 0.9 

 

 57 

 0 

 3.5 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 1.2 

 0.6 

 

 235.2 

 236.6 

 

 514 

 12 

 0.2 

 

54 


 

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)1

 

 

PD range

External rating equivalent

 

Moody’s

External rating equivalent

 

S&P

External rating equivalent

 

Fitch

Weighted average PD in %

Arithmetic average PD

by obligors in %

 

Number of obligors

(in thousands)

 

Defaulted obligors

in the year

of which: new defaulted obligors in the year

Average historical annual default rate in %2

 

End of the previous year

End of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 343.2 

 491.6 

 

 27 

 8 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 7.2 

 7.8 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.0 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 8.4 

 9.1 

 

 1 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 8.8 

 9.9 

 

 3 

 1 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.1 

 1.1 

 

 47.8 

 43.5 

 

 13 

 1 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 4.8 

 3.6 

 

 3.4 

 2.9 

 

 2 

 1 

 0.1 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 18.4 

 21.0 

 

 0.9 

 0.7 

 

 3 

 0 

 0.1 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.2 

 0.3 

 

 419.6 

 565.4 

 

 50 

 11 

 0.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

Aaa to A3

AAA to A–

AAA to AA–

 0.0 

 0.0 

 

 201.8 

 343.2 

 

 131 

 5 

 0.0 

0.15 to <0.25

Baa1 to Baa2

BBB+ to BBB

BBB+ to BBB

 0.2 

 0.2 

 

 4.5 

 7.2 

 

 4 

 0 

 0.1 

0.25 to <0.50

Baa3

BBB–

BBB–

 0.4 

 0.4 

 

 2.2 

 8.4 

 

 9 

 0 

 0.1 

0.50 to <0.75

Ba1

BB+

BB+

 0.6 

 0.6 

 

 1.7 

 8.8 

 

 12 

 0 

 0.1 

0.75 to <2.50

Ba2 to Ba3

BB to BB–

BB to BB–

 1.1 

 1.0 

 

 42.5 

 47.8 

 

 78 

 5 

 0.0 

2.50 to <10.00

B1 to B3

B+ to B–

B+ to B–

 5.6 

 3.4 

 

 1.4 

 3.4 

 

 7 

 0 

 0.1 

10.00 to <100.00

Caa1 to C

CCC to C

CCC to C

 15.4 

 21.3 

 

 0.7 

 0.9 

 

 12 

 0 

 0.1 

Subtotal

 

 

 

 0.1 

 0.3 

 

 254.9 

 419.6 

 

 253 

 10 

 0.0 

1 This table covers all Pillar 1 PD models that are approved by FINMA and are subject to yearly confirmation / backtesting. Refer to the “Key features of our main credit risk models” table under “Credit risk models” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2021 for more information.    2 We use 14 years of data for the calculation of the “average historical annual default rate.”    3 Following an internal policy change for the recognition of defaults, the number of Lombard defaults now includes all cases in which collateral was force-liquidated resulting in full recovery of the loan exposure. Consequently, default rates shown here for 2020 may differ from those shown in previous reports

p

  

55 


UBS Group | Section 4   Credit risk 

Equity exposures

The table below provides information about our equity exposures under the simple risk-weight method.

 

Semi-annual |

CR10: IRB (equities under the simple risk-weight method)

USD million, except where indicated

 

On-balance sheet amount

Off-balance sheet amount

Risk weight in %1

Exposure amount2

RWA1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

Exchange-traded equity exposures

 

 24 

 

 300 

 24 

 78 

Other equity exposures

 

 783 

 

 400 

 783 

 3,319 

Total

 

 807 

 

 

 807 

 3,396 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

 

 

Exchange-traded equity exposures

 

 72 

 

 300 

 72 

 230 

Other equity exposures

 

 700 

 

 400 

 700 

 2,967 

Total

 

 772 

 

 

 772 

 3,197 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Exchange-traded equity exposures

 

 29 

 

 300 

 29 

 92 

Other equity exposures

 

 638 

 

 400 

 638 

 2,704 

Total

 

 667 

 

 

 667 

 2,796 

1 RWA are calculated post-application of the A-IRB multiplier of 6%, therefore the respective risk weight is higher than 300% and 400%.    2 The exposure amount for equities in the banking book is based on the net position.

p

  

56 


 

 

Section 5  Counterparty credit risk

Introduction

Semi-annual I This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III counterparty credit risk (CCR) framework. CCR arises from over-the-counter (OTC) and exchange-traded derivatives (ETDs), securities financing transactions (SFTs), and long settlement transactions. Within traded products, we determine the regulatory credit exposure on the majority of our derivatives portfolio by applying the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed expected positive exposure (SEPE) as defined in the Basel III framework. For the rest of the portfolio, we apply the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR). For the majority of SFTs (securities borrowing, securities lending, margin lending, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements), we determine the regulatory credit exposure using the close-out period (COP) approach.

Counterparty credit risk management

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

 

 

Annual |

CCRA: Counterparty credit risk management

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management objectives and policies related to counterparty credit risk

 

Risk management and control

 

Traded products

 

119–120

 

 

 

Credit hedging

 

122

 

 

 

 

Mitigation of settlement risk

 

122

 

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 1a item 2j Hedge accounting

 

302

 

 

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

322–323

The method used to assign the operating limits defined in terms of internal capacity for counterparty credit exposures and for CCP exposures

 

Risk management and control

 

Risk governance

 

103–104

 

 

 

Portfolio and position limits

 

112

 

 

 

Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

114

 

 

 

Credit hedging

 

122

 

 

 

Credit risk models

 

122–128

Policies relating to guarantees and other risk mitigants, and counterparty risk assessment

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit risk mitigation

 

121–122

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

322–323

 

 

 

Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

 

364–365

Policies with respect to wrong-way risk exposures

 

Risk management and control

 

Exposure at default

 

124-125

The effect on the firm of a credit rating downgrade (i.e., amount of collateral that the firm would be required to provide)

 

Risk management and control

 

Credit ratings

 

166

p

 

57 


UBS Group | Section 5   Counterparty credit risk 

Counterparty credit exposure

Semi-annual I The CCR1 table below presents the methods used to calculate counterparty credit risk exposure.

Compared with 30 June 2021, exposure at default (EAD) post-credit risk mitigation (CRM) decreased across all approaches, primarily due to lower levels of client activity. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) increased by USD 1.0 billion in the VaR approach, due to the introduction of a regulatory add-on for prime brokerage clients of USD 2.4 billion. This increase was partly offset by the aforementioned reduction in client activity levels.

 

 

 

Semi-annual |

CCR1: Analysis of counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach

 USD million, except where indicated

 

Replacement cost

Potential future exposure

EEPE

Alpha used for computing regulatory EAD

EAD

post-CRM

RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)

 

 3,792 

 5,446 

 

 1.4 

 12,933 

 4,635 

2

Internal model method (for derivatives)

 

 

 

 27,493 

 1.6 

 43,989 

 17,150 

3

Simple approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Comprehensive approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 20,773 

 5,198 

5

VaR (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 39,285 

 8,730 

6

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 116,980 

 35,712 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

 

 

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)

 

 4,420 

 6,321 

 

 1.4 

 15,039 

 5,223 

2

Internal model method (for derivatives)

 

 

 

 29,364 

 1.6 

 46,983 

 17,011 

3

Simple approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Comprehensive approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 23,906 

 6,471 

5

VaR (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 42,604 

 7,724 

6

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 128,532 

 36,429 

 

31.12.20

 

 

1

SA-CCR (for derivatives)

 

 5,090 

 5,383 

 

 1.4 

 14,663 

 4,353 

2

Internal model method (for derivatives)

 

 

 

 30,672 

 1.6 

 49,075 

 19,179 

3

Simple approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Comprehensive approach for credit risk mitigation (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 23,464 

 6,544 

5

VaR (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

 

 48,834 

 8,226 

6

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 136,036 

 38,301 

p

 

58 


 

Semi-annual | The CCR2 table below presents the credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge with a breakdown by standardized and advanced approaches. In addition to the default risk capital requirements for CCR on derivatives, we are required to add a CVA capital charge to cover the risk of mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration of counterparty credit quality. The advanced CVA value-at-risk (VaR) approach has been used to calculate the CVA capital charge where we use the IMM. Where this is not the case, the standardized CVA approach has been used.

Compared with 30 June 2021, the CVA risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by USD 0.3 billion to USD 3.6 billion, primarily due to lower levels of client activity.

Semi-annual |

CCR2: Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.12.20

USD million

 

EAD post-CRM

RWA

 

EAD post-CRM

RWA

 

EAD post-CRM

RWA

 

Total portfolios subject to the advanced CVA capital charge

 

 43,666 

 985 

 

 45,791 

 1,182 

 

 48,453 

 1,358 

1

(i) VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

 

 212 

 

 

 277 

 

 

 371 

2

(ii) Stressed VaR component (including the 3× multiplier)

 

 

 773 

 

 

 905 

 

 

 987 

3

All portfolios subject to the standardized CVA capital charge

 

 12,652 

 2,626 

 

 14,733 

 2,756 

 

 5,470 

 1,586 

4

Total subject to the CVA capital charge

 

 56,318 

 3,611 

 

 60,525 

 3,938 

 

 53,923 

 2,945 

p

Semi-annual | The CCR3 table below provides information about our CCR exposures under the standardized approach. Compared with 30 June 2021, the total CCR exposures decreased by USD 1.5 billion to USD 4.3 billion, primarily due to lower margin lending exposures in the Investment Bank.

Semi-annual |

CCR3: Standardized approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk weight

 

0%

10%

20%

50%

75%

100%

150%

Others

Total credit exposure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory portfolio as of 31.12.21

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 35 

 28 

 0 

 2 

 

 

 65 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 

 

 136 

 63 

 

 

 

 

 199 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 25 

 95 

 2,1341

 1,722 

 0 

 

 3,976 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

 13 

 83 

 

 

 96 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Total

 

 

 

 196 

 186 

 2,147 

 1,808 

 0 

 

 4,337 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory portfolio as of 31.6.21

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 218 

 48 

 

 2 

 

 

 268 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 

 

 131 

 99 

 

 0 

 

 

 230 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 27 

 116 

 3,1361

 1,775 

 

 

 5,054 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 0 

 

 91 

 164 

 

 

 255 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Total

 

 

 

 376 

 263 

 3,227 

 1,941 

 

 

 5,807 

 

 

Regulatory portfolio as of 31.12.20

 

 

1

Central governments and central banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Banks and securities dealers

 

 

 

 48 

 111 

 

 0 

 

 

 159 

3

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks

 

 

 

 139 

 135 

 

 0 

 

 

 274 

4

Corporates

 

 

 

 77 

 123 

 3,7121

 1,758 

 2 

 

 5,672 

5

Retail

 

 

 

 0 

 

 3 

 179 

 

 

 182 

6

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Total

 

 

 

 263 

 369 

 3,715 

 1,938 

 2 

 

 6,287 

1 Relates to structured margin lending exposures based on the methodology agreed with FINMA. 

p

 

59 


UBS Group | Section 5   Counterparty credit risk 

Semi-annual | The CCR4 table below and on the following pages provides a breakdown of the key parameters used for the calculation of capital requirements under the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach across Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA)-defined asset classes. Compared with 30 June 2021, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 10.1 billion to USD 112.6 billion across the various asset classes, however, RWA increased by USD 0.3 billion to USD 32.2 billion.

In the Central governments and central banks asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 0.1 billion to USD 10.6 billion and RWA remained unchanged at USD 0.8 billion.

In the Banks and securities dealers asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 1.8 billion to USD 22.6 billion and RWA decreased by USD 0.4 billion to USD 5.9 billion, primarily driven by lower client activity in SFTs in the Investment Bank.

In the Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 0.5 billion to USD 0.5 billion, mainly due to a decrease in derivatives in Group Treasury. RWA remained unchanged at USD 0.1 billion, as the aforementioned reduction in exposures occurred in PD scales with a low RWA density.


In the Corporates: including specialized lending asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 5.6 billion to USD 72.2 billion, primarily due to exposure decreases in SFTs and derivatives, mainly as a result of lower levels of client activity in the Investment Bank. RWA increased by USD 0.8 billion to USD 24.7 billion, primarily driven by an increase of USD 2.4 billion from regulatory add-ons related to prime brokerage clients, partly offset by a decrease of USD 1.6 billion as a result of the aforementioned decrease in client activity levels.

In the Retail: other retail asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 2.0 billion to USD 6.7 billion, mainly due to decreases in derivatives in Global Wealth Management.

Information about RWA, including details of movements in CCR RWA, is provided on pages 9–11 of our 30 September 2021 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, and  on page 66 of this report.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 10,084 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 35.7 

 0.6 

 410 

 4.1 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 164 

 0.2 

<0.1

 66.3 

 0.3 

 52 

 32.1 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 368 

 0.3 

<0.1

 93.4 

 0.7 

 333 

 90.4 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 6 

 0.7 

<0.1

 100.0 

 1.0 

 9 

 146.2 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 2 

 1.6 

<0.1

 65.0 

 1.0 

 3 

 136.2 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 10,624 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 38.2 

 0.6 

 807 

 7.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 10,385 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 39.3 

 0.6 

 599 

 5.8 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 111 

 0.2 

<0.1

 40.9 

 0.7 

 30 

 26.8 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 225 

 0.3 

<0.1

 93.8 

 0.7 

 210 

 93.4 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 0 

 0.7 

<0.1

 100.0 

 1.0 

 1 

 146.2 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 4 

 1.3 

<0.1

 70.0 

 1.0 

 6 

 136.6 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 10,726 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 40.5 

 0.6 

 846 

 7.9 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 14,751 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 38.6 

 0.5 

 787 

 5.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 199 

 0.2 

<0.1

 38.2 

 0.9 

 53 

 26.4 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 494 

 0.3 

<0.1

 96.3 

 0.9 

 469 

 94.9 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 128 

 0.7 

<0.1

 99.6 

 1.0 

 186 

 145.7 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 0 

 2.6 

<0.1

 75.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 228.3 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 15,572 

 0.0 

 0.1 

 40.9 

 0.5 

 1,495 

 9.6 

 

60 


 

  

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 16,427 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 49.4 

 0.7 

 2,848 

 17.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 3,555 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 48.9 

 0.6 

 1,238 

 34.8 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 1,587 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 53.5 

 0.7 

 839 

 52.8 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 449 

 0.6 

<0.1

 60.8 

 0.8 

 405 

 90.1 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 512 

 1.3 

 0.1 

 44.8 

 0.7 

 481 

 94.0 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 56 

 3.4 

<0.1

 76.4 

 0.7 

 103 

 184.5 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 22.0 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 244.7 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 22,586 

 0.2 

 0.9 

 49.8 

 0.7 

 5,915 

 26.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 17,595 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 50.0 

 0.6 

 2,948 

 16.8 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 4,192 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 51.6 

 0.7 

 1,553 

 37.1 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 1,482 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 52.6 

 0.6 

 695 

 46.9 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 399 

 0.6 

<0.1

 59.5 

 0.7 

 350 

 87.7 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 695 

 1.3 

 0.1 

 47.2 

 0.7 

 676 

 97.3 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 20 

 3.1 

<0.1

 70.7 

 1.0 

 41 

 208.5 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 3 

 22.0 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 8 

 241.3 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 24,387 

 0.2 

 1.0 

 50.5 

 0.6 

 6,272 

 25.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 18,474 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 50.0 

 0.6 

 3,150 

 17.1 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 5,913 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 49.7 

 0.5 

 1,964 

 33.2 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 1,894 

 0.4 

 0.2 

 48.5 

 0.7 

 904 

 47.7 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 633 

 0.7 

<0.1

 60.4 

 0.6 

 582 

 91.9 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 738 

 1.3 

 0.1 

 52.4 

 1.0 

 827 

 112.1 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 29 

 3.9 

<0.1

 77.8 

 1.0 

 67 

 231.7 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 22.0 

<0.1

 45.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 241.8 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 27,681 

 0.2 

 1.0 

 50.1 

 0.6 

 7,494 

 27.1 

 

61 


UBS Group | Section 5   Counterparty credit risk 

  

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 383 

 0.0 

<0.1

 69.8 

 1.2 

 76 

 19.8 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 117 

 0.2 

<0.1

 27.5 

 1.4 

 18 

 15.5 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 0.4 

<0.1

 100.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 81.5 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 0 

 2.7 

<0.1

 5.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 9.8 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 501 

 0.1 

 0.0 

 60.0 

 1.2 

 94 

 18.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 736 

 0.0 

<0.1

 40.2 

 0.6 

 31 

 4.2 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 292 

 0.2 

<0.1

 55.8 

 1.3 

 100 

 34.3 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 0 

 0.4 

<0.1

 100.0 

 1.1 

 0 

 84.4 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 0 

 1.0 

<0.1

 34.9 

 1.0 

 0 

 60.2 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 1,029 

 0.1 

<0.1

 44.7 

 0.8 

 131 

 12.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 1,308 

 0.0 

<0.1

 41.0 

 0.7 

 129 

 9.9 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 470 

 0.2 

<0.1

 42.1 

 1.3 

 111 

 23.7 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 0 

 0.6 

<0.1

 100.0 

 1.4 

 0 

 121.3 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00 (default)

 

 26 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 2.9 

 27 

 103.0 

Subtotal

 

 1,805 

 1.5 

<0.1

 40.7 

 0.9 

 268 

 14.8 

 

62 


 

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.212

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 48,743 

 0.0 

 11.5 

 33.8 

 0.5 

 6,173 

 12.7 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 7,935 

 0.2 

 2.1 

 54.1 

 0.6 

 4,574 

 57.6 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 3,337 

 0.4 

 0.7 

 86.1 

 0.7 

 4,767 

 142.9 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 2,799 

 0.6 

 0.7 

 44.4 

 0.5 

 3,006 

 107.4 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 7,748 

 1.2 

 1.2 

 23.4 

 0.4 

 4,781 

 61.7 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,655 

 2.9 

 0.2 

 17.7 

 0.5 

 1,372 

 82.9 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 0 

 13.0 

<0.1

 50.0 

 1.0 

 0 

 424.9 

100.00 (default)

 

 20 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 2.4 

 20 

 102.6 

Subtotal

 

 72,236 

 0.3 

 16.2 

 37.3 

 0.5 

 24,693 

 34.2 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: including specialized lending as of 30.6.212

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 52,198 

 0.0 

 11.3 

 34.4 

 0.5 

 6,427 

 12.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 9,975 

 0.2 

 2.0 

 50.8 

 0.6 

 5,438 

 54.5 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 3,088 

 0.3 

 0.7 

 71.8 

 0.6 

 3,669 

 118.8 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 2,753 

 0.6 

 0.7 

 32.0 

 0.5 

 1,836 

 66.7 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 7,951 

 1.2 

 1.2 

 22.8 

 0.4 

 5,062 

 63.7 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 1,847 

 2.9 

 0.1 

 17.3 

 0.4 

 1,403 

 75.9 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 9 

 13.0 

<0.1

 30.0 

 1.0 

 13 

 137.8 

100.00 (default)

 

 22 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 2.6 

 23 

 102.6 

Subtotal

 

 77,843 

 0.3 

 16.1 

 36.3 

 0.5 

 23,870 

 30.7 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.202

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 52,552 

 0.0 

 10.8 

 34.5 

 0.5 

 6,653 

 12.7 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 8,375 

 0.2 

 1.9 

 54.9 

 0.7 

 4,992 

 59.6 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 3,074 

 0.3 

 0.7 

 70.1 

 0.7 

 3,539 

 115.1 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 2,579 

 0.6 

 0.6 

 32.7 

 0.6 

 1,846 

 71.6 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 7,392 

 1.2 

 1.1 

 22.6 

 0.4 

 4,719 

 63.8 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 2,171 

 3.1 

 0.1 

 15.9 

 0.3 

 1,609 

 74.1 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 3 

 13.0 

<0.1

 20.0 

 1.0 

 5 

 147.0 

100.00 (default)

 

 0 

 100.0 

<0.1

 

 1.0 

 0 

 106.0 

Subtotal

 

 76,146 

 0.3 

 15.4 

 36.5 

 0.5 

 23,363 

 30.7 

 

63 


UBS Group | Section 5   Counterparty credit risk 

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)

USD million, except where indicated

 

EAD post-CRM

Average PD in %

Number of obligors (in thousands)

Average LGD in %

Average maturity in years1

RWA

RWA density in %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 5,534 

 0.0 

 12.8 

 28.3 

 

 253 

 4.6 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 126 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 24.9 

 

 13 

 10.5 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 168 

 0.3 

 0.2 

 35.2 

 

 45 

 27.0 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 123 

 0.6 

 0.1 

 30.0 

 

 51 

 41.4 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 684 

 1.0 

 8.3 

 29.0 

 

 262 

 38.3 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 52 

 3.1 

<0.1

 28.9 

 

 25 

 49.2 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 9 

 13.9 

<0.1

 31.9 

 

 7 

 74.6 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 6,696 

 0.2 

 21.6 

 28.5 

 

 657 

 9.8 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 30.6.21

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 7,509 

 0.0 

 13.4 

 28.6 

 

 326 

 4.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 131 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 26.3 

 

 18 

 13.7 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 215 

 0.4 

 0.1 

 33.8 

 

 57 

 26.4 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 101 

 0.6 

<0.1

 30.7 

 

 35 

 35.1 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 761 

 1.0 

 9.6 

 29.4 

 

 302 

 39.7 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 18 

 3.5 

<0.1

 32.0 

 

 9 

 49.1 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 7 

 20.4 

<0.1

 24.4 

 

 4 

 62.5 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 8,741 

 0.2 

 23.4 

 28.8 

 

 751 

 8.6 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20

 

 

0.00 to <0.15

 

 7,157 

 0.0 

 12.7 

 29.8 

 

 306 

 4.3 

0.15 to <0.25

 

 74 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 28.1 

 

 9 

 11.5 

0.25 to <0.50

 

 189 

 0.3 

 0.1 

 32.8 

 

 46 

 24.5 

0.50 to <0.75

 

 175 

 0.6 

<0.1

 30.5 

 

 53 

 30.1 

0.75 to <2.50

 

 915 

 1.0 

 9.5 

 31.3 

 

 293 

 32.1 

2.50 to <10.00

 

 32 

 3.9 

<0.1

 29.8 

 

 15 

 46.4 

10.00 to <100.00

 

 3 

 14.4 

<0.1

 27.9 

 

 2 

 56.9 

100.00 (default)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

 8,546 

 0.2 

 22.7 

 30.1 

 

 724 

 8.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 31.12.21

 

 112,644 

 0.2 

 39.0 

 39.5 

 0.53

 32,166 

 28.6 

Total 30.6.21

 

 122,726 

 0.2 

 40.7 

 39.0 

 0.63

 31,870 

 26.0 

Total 31.12.20

 

 129,750 

 0.2 

 38.3 

 39.6 

 0.63

 33,344 

 25.7 

1 Average maturity for defaulted exposures disclosed in the table is not used to calculate RWA.    2 Includes exposures to managed funds.    3 Retail asset classes are excluded from the average maturity as they are not subject to maturity treatment.

p

  

64 


 

Semi-annual | The CCR5 table below presents a breakdown of collateral posted or received relating to counterparty credit risk exposures from derivative transactions or SFTs.

Compared with 30 June 2021, the fair value of collateral received for derivatives increased by USD 6.6 billion to USD 73.5 billion, and the fair value of collateral posted for derivatives increased by USD 3.7 billion to USD 57.0 billion, mainly in Group Treasury, due to an uplift in collateralization of trades in equity securities.


The fair value of collateral received for SFTs decreased by USD 21.9 billion to USD 659.6 billion, and the fair value of collateral posted for SFTs decreased by USD 16.4 billion to USD 473.6 billion. The fourth quarter of 2021 included decreases in both received and posted collateral, mainly driven by equity securities primarily in the prime brokerage business, due to lower client activity, and a decrease in received collateral related to other debt securities reflecting roll-off of positions. These decreases were partly offset by increases in both received and posted collateral related to sovereign debt, primarily driven by a balance sheet increase in Group Treasury, as well as an increase in posted cash collateral due to the aforementioned roll-off of positions.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR5: Composition of collateral for CCR exposure1

 

 

Collateral used in derivative transactions

 

Collateral used in SFTs

 

 

Fair value of collateral received

 

Fair value of posted collateral

 

Fair value of collateral received

 

Fair value of posted collateral

USD million

 

Segregated2

Unsegregated

Total

 

Segregated3

Unsegregated

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

 

Cash – domestic currency4

 

 1,856 

 18,833 

 20,689 

 

 2,265 

 12,138 

 14,403 

 

 28,985 

 

 68,484 

Cash – other currencies4

 

 0 

 21,755 

 21,755 

 

 3,051 

 13,167 

 16,218 

 

 11,330 

 

 30,603 

Sovereign debt

 

 6,943 

 9,579 

 16,522 

 

 7,435 

 8,214 

 15,649 

 

 249,209 

 

 166,892 

Other debt securities

 

 1,312 

 3,500 

 4,812 

 

 203 

 745 

 947 

 

 74,238 

 

 36,152 

Equity securities

 

 9,466 

 268 

 9,735 

 

 3,070 

 6,695 

 9,765 

 

 295,834 

 

 171,492 

Total

 

 19,578 

 53,935 

 73,513 

 

 16,023 

 40,959 

 56,982 

 

 659,595 

 

 473,623 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

 

 

Cash – domestic currency4

 

 2,467 

 17,176 

 19,643 

 

 2,199 

 12,682 

 14,881 

 

 29,508 

 

 68,723 

Cash – other currencies4

 

 

 22,208 

 22,208 

 

 1,416 

 13,522 

 14,939 

 

 9,029 

 

 41,972 

Sovereign debt

 

 6,550 

 10,112 

 16,663 

 

 8,702 

 7,445 

 16,147 

 

 230,904 

 

 153,432 

Other debt securities

 

 

 2,499 

 2,499 

 

 324 

 482 

 806 

 

 87,268 

 

 32,946 

Equity securities

 

 5,642 

 284 

 5,926 

 

 2,609 

 3,889 

 6,499 

 

 324,774 

 

 192,955 

Total

 

 14,659 

 52,280 

 66,939 

 

 15,251 

 38,021 

 53,272 

 

 681,483 

 

 490,027 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

 

 

Cash – domestic currency

 

 2,375 

 20,252 

 22,627 

 

 1,955 

 11,094 

 13,049 

 

 27,309 

 

 70,886 

Cash – other currencies

 

 

 23,884 

 23,884 

 

 1,401 

 17,859 

 19,260 

 

 11,284 

 

 34,253 

Sovereign debt

 

 6,801 

 10,392 

 17,193 

 

 8,059 

 8,586 

 16,645 

 

 239,763 

 

 163,865 

Other debt securities

 

 

 2,317 

 2,317 

 

 503 

 524 

 1,027 

 

 81,959 

 

 33,238 

Equity securities

 

 4,241 

 31 

 4,271 

 

 2,604 

 3,077 

 5,681 

 

 308,349 

 

 185,050 

Total

 

 13,417 

 56,876 

 70,293 

 

 14,523 

 41,139 

 55,662 

 

 668,664 

 

 487,292 

1 This table includes collateral received and posted with and without the right of rehypothecation, but excludes securities placed with central banks related to undrawn credit lines and for payment, clearing and settlement purposes for which there were no associated liabilities or contingent liabilities.    2 Includes collateral received in derivative transactions, primarily initial margins, that is placed with a third-party custodian and to which UBS has access only in the event of counterparty default.    3 Includes collateral posted to central counterparties, where we apply a 0% risk weight for trades that we have entered into on behalf of a client and where the client has signed a legally enforceable agreement stipulating that the default risk of that central counterparty is carried by the client. Furthermore, it includes posted collateral, which is held in a segregated, bankruptcy-remote account and is therefore not considered in the determination of the net independent collateral amount.    4 Cash collateral received and posted for derivatives and SFTs are subject to netting recognized on the IFRS balance sheet.

p

 

 

65 


UBS Group | Section 5   Counterparty credit risk 

Semi-annual | The CCR6 table below presents an overview of credit risk protection bought or sold through credit derivatives.

Compared with 30 June 2021, notionals for credit derivatives decreased by USD 28.7 billion to USD 56.1 billion for protection bought and by USD 28 billion to USD 46.4 billion for protection sold. This was primarily driven by single-name credit default swaps and index credit default swaps, mostly due to trade terminations in the Investment Bank’s Financing business, as well as compression activities and trade maturities in Group Treasury and the Investment Bank.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.12.20

USD million

 

Protection bought

Protection

sold

 

Protection bought

Protection

sold

 

Protection bought

Protection

sold

Notionals1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Single-name credit default swaps

 

 24,167 

 26,431 

 

 35,552 

 38,593 

 

 42,073 

 46,350 

Index credit default swaps

 

 25,554 

 18,842 

 

 41,854 

 33,629 

 

 49,311 

 40,022 

Total return swaps

 

 2,354 

 623 

 

 2,842 

 922 

 

 3,128 

 1,344 

Credit options

 

 4,000 

 500 

 

 4,570 

 1,250 

 

 2,045 

 61 

Total notionals

 

 56,075 

 46,396 

 

 84,818 

 74,394 

 

 96,556 

 87,777 

Fair values

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Positive fair value (asset)

 

 488 

 937 

 

 485 

 1,569 

 

 535 

 1,839 

Negative fair value (liability)

 

 1,193 

 570 

 

 1,840 

 563 

 

 2,256 

 682 

1 Includes notional amounts for client-cleared transactions.

p

 

Counterparty credit risk risk-weighted assets

Quarterly | The CCR7 table below presents a flow statement explaining changes in counterparty credit risk RWA determined under the internal model method (IMM) for derivatives and the value-at-risk (VaR) approach for SFTs.

CCR RWA on derivatives under the IMM decreased by USD 1.0 billion to USD 17.5 billion during the fourth quarter of 2021, primarily due to asset size movements in the Investment Bank mainly as a result of lower client activity levels. CCR RWA on SFTs under the VaR approach decreased by USD 0.1 billion to USD 8.9 billion during the fourth quarter of 2021, as a decrease in asset size mainly due to lower levels of client activity was almost entirely offset by the implementation of a regulatory add-on of USD 1.2 billion for prime brokerage clients.

For definitions of CCR RWA movement table components, refer to “Definitions of credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components for CR8 and CCR7” in the “Credit risk” section on page 47 of this report.

 

Quarterly |

CCR7: RWA flow statements of CCR exposures under internal model method (IMM) and value-at-risk (VaR)

  

 

For the quarter ended 31.12.21

 

For the quarter ended 30.9.21

 

For the quarter ended 30.6.21

 

For the quarter ended 31.3.21

USD million

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

Derivatives

SFTs

Total

 

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

 

Subject to IMM

Subject to VaR

 

1

RWA as of the beginning of the quarter

 

 18,555 

 8,921 

 27,477 

 

 17,232 

 7,909 

 25,141 

 

 19,352 

 7,353 

 26,705 

 

 19,380 

 8,386 

 27,767 

2

Asset size

 

 (961) 

 (1,215) 

 (2,176) 

 

 1,721 

 (45) 

 1,676 

 

 (2,139) 

 752 

 (1,386) 

 

 911 

 (767) 

 144 

3

Credit quality of counterparties

 

 (1) 

 6 

 5 

 

 61 

 (35) 

 26 

 

 (73) 

 (69) 

 (141) 

 

 (338) 

 (37) 

 (376) 

4

Model updates

 

 (23) 

 

 (23) 

 

 (135) 

 

 (135) 

 

 17 

 

 17 

 

 (211) 

 (90) 

 (301) 

5

Methodology and policy

 

 

 1,178 

 1,178 

 

 (90) 

 1,152 

 1,062 

 

 

 (150) 

 (150) 

 

 

 

 

5a

of which: regulatory add-ons

 

 

 1,178 

 1,178 

 

 

 1,152 

 1,152 

 

 

 (150) 

 (150) 

 

 

 

 

6

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Foreign exchange movements

 

 (64) 

 (36) 

 (100) 

 

 (233) 

 (61) 

 (294) 

 

 74 

 23 

 97 

 

 (390) 

 (139) 

 (529) 

8

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

RWA as of the end of the quarter

 

 17,506 

 8,854 

 26,360 

 

 18,555 

 8,921 

 27,477 

 

 17,232 

 7,909 

 25,141 

 

 19,352 

 7,353 

 26,705 

p

 

 

66 


 

Semi-annual | The CCR8 table below presents a breakdown of exposures to central counterparties and related RWA. Compared with 30 June 2021, exposures to qualifying central counterparties (QCCPs) increased by USD 6.9 billion to USD 63.6 billion, primarily due to higher stressed effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) in exchange-traded derivatives in the Investment Bank.

 

Semi-annual |

CCR8: Exposures to central counterparties

 

31.12.21

30.6.21

31.12.20

USD million

EAD (post-CRM)

RWA

EAD (post-CRM)

RWA

EAD (post-CRM)

RWA

1

Exposures to QCCPs (total)1

 63,590 

 1,667 

 56,664 

 1,754 

 54,507 

 1,431 

2

Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

 31,939 

 499 

 27,964 

 320 

 24,531 

 258 

3

(i) OTC derivatives

 2,209 

 41 

 2,465 

 45 

 1,614 

 29 

4

(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

 25,022 

 365 

 18,557 

 137 

 17,126 

 113 

5

(iii) Securities financing transactions

 4,708 

 94 

 6,943 

 139 

 5,792 

 116 

6

(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Segregated initial margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Non-segregated initial margin2

 29,187 

 150 

 26,585 

 256 

 28,023 

 248 

9

Pre-funded default fund contributions

 2,464 

 1,017 

 2,115 

 1,177 

 1,953 

 925 

10

Unfunded default fund contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Exposures to non-QCCPs (total)

 379 

 601 

 645 

 874 

 478 

 622 

12

Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions); of which

 311 

 311 

 199 

 199 

 143 

 143 

13

(i) OTC derivatives

 1 

 1 

 0 

 0 

 1 

 1 

14

(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

 236 

 236 

 121 

 121 

 65 

 65 

15

(iii) Securities financing transactions

 74 

 74 

 78 

 78 

 77 

 77 

16

(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

Segregated initial margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Non-segregated initial margin2

 48 

 48 

 426 

 426 

 322 

 322 

19

Pre-funded default fund contributions

 8 

 104 

 9 

 113 

 6 

 73 

20

Unfunded default fund contributions

 11 

 138 

 11 

 136 

 7 

 84 

1 Qualifying central counterparties (QCCPs) are entities licensed by regulators to operate as CCPs and meet the requirements outlined in FINMA Circular 2017/7.    2 Exposures associated with initial margin, where the exposures are measured under the IMM or the VaR approach, have been included within the exposures for trades (refer to line 2 for QCCPs and line 12 for non-QCCPs). The exposures for non-segregated initial margin (refer to line 8 for QCCPs and line 18 for non-QCCPs), i.e., not bankruptcy-remote in accordance with FINMA Circular 2017/7, reflect the replacement costs under SA-CCR multiplied by an alpha factor of 1.4. The RWA reflect the exposure multiplied by the applied risk weight of derivatives. Under SA-CCR, collateral posted to a segregated, bankruptcy-remote account does not increase the value of replacement costs.

p

67 


UBS Group | Section 6   Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approach for credit risk 

Section 6  Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approach for credit risk

Background

Annual | In accordance with current prudential regulations, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) has approved our use of the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach for calculating the required capital for the majority of our credit risk exposures.

The principal differences between the standardized approach (the SA) and the A-IRB approach identified below are based on the current SA rules without consideration of the material revisions announced by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) in December 2017.

We believe advanced approaches that adequately capture economic risks are paramount for the appropriate representation of the capital requirements related to risk-taking activities. Within a strong risk control framework, in combination with robust stress testing practices, strict risk limits, as well as leverage and liquidity requirements, advanced approaches promote a proactive risk culture, setting the right incentives to prudently manage risks.

Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information about FINMA-defined asset classes. 

Key methodological differences between the A-IRB approach and current SA

Annual | In line with the BCBS objectives, the A-IRB approach aims to balance the maintaining of prudent levels of capital while encouraging, where appropriate, the use of advanced risk management techniques. By design, the calibration of the current SA and the A-IRB approach is such that low-risk, short-maturity, well-collateralized portfolios across the various asset classes (with the exception of Central governments and central banks) receive lower risk weights under the A-IRB than under the current SA rules. Accordingly, risk-weighted assets (RWA) and capital requirements under the current SA would be substantially higher than under the A-IRB approach for lower-risk portfolios. Conversely, RWA for higher-risk portfolios are higher under the A-IRB approach than under the current SA.

Methodological differences primarily arise due to the measurement of exposure at default (EAD) and the risk weights applied. In both cases, the treatment of risk mitigation, such as collateral, can have a significant effect.

EAD measurement

For the measurement of EAD, the main methodological differences relate to derivatives, driven by the differences between the internal model method (IMM) and the regulatory-prescribed standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR).


The model-based approaches to derive estimates of EAD for derivatives and securities financing transactions (SFTs) reflect the detailed characteristics of individual transactions. They model the range of possible exposure outcomes across all transactions within the same legally enforceable netting set at various future time points. The modeling assesses the net amount that may be owed to us or that we may owe to others, taking into account the effect of correlated market moves over the potential time it may take to close out a position. The calculation considers current market conditions and is therefore sensitive to deteriorations in the market environment.

In contrast, EAD under the regulatory-prescribed rules is calculated as replacement costs at the balance sheet date plus regulatory add-ons, which take into account potential future market movements but at predetermined fixed rates, not sensitive to changes in market conditions. These add-ons are crudely differentiated by reference to only five product types and three maturity buckets. Moreover, the current regulatory-prescribed rules calculation gives very limited recognition to the benefits of diversification across transactions covered under the same legally enforceable netting agreement. As a result, large, diversified portfolios, such as those arising from our activities with other market-making banks, will generate much higher EAD under the current regulatory-prescribed rules than under our internal model-based approaches.

Risk weights

Under the A-IRB approach, risk weights are assigned according to the firm’s internal credit assessment of the counterparty to determine the probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD).

PD is an estimate of the likelihood of a counterparty defaulting on its contractual obligations over the next 12 months. It is assessed using rating tools tailored to the various categories of counterparties. Statistically developed scorecards, based on key attributes of the obligor, are used to determine PD for many of our corporate clients and for loans secured by real estate. Where available, market data may also be used to derive the PD for large corporate counterparties. For low-default portfolios, we take into account, where available, relevant external default data in the rating tool development. For Lombard loans, Merton-type historical return-based model simulations taking into account potential changes in the value of securities collateral are used in our rating approach. PD is not only an integral part of the credit risk measurement, but also an important input for determining the level of credit approval required for any given transaction. Moreover, for the purpose of capital underpinning, the majority of counterparty PDs are subject to a floor.

 

68 


 

LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss if there is a default. The calculation takes into account the loss of principal, interest and other amounts, such as workout costs, including the cost of carrying an impaired position during the workout process, less recovered amounts. Importantly, LGD considers the likely recovery rate of claims against defaulted counterparties, which depends on the type of counterparty and any credit mitigation by way of collateral or guarantees, with our estimates being supported by our internal historical loss data and external information where available.

The combination of PD and LGD determined at the counter-party level results in a highly granular level of differentiation of the economic risk from different borrowers and transactions.

In contrast, SA risk weights are largely reliant on external rating agencies’ assessments of the credit quality of the counterparty, with a 100% risk weight typically being applied where no external rating is available. Even where external ratings are available, there is only a coarse granularity of risk weights, with only four primary risk weights used for differentiating counterparties, with the addition of a 0% risk weight for AA– or better rated central governments and central banks. Risk weights of 35%, 75% and 100% are used for mortgages not in default, and risk weights of 75% and 100% are used for retail exposures not in default.

The SA does not differentiate across transaction maturities except for exposures to banks, albeit in a very simplistic manner considering transactions only shorter or longer than three months. This has clear limitations: for example, the economic risk of a six-month loan to a BB-rated US corporation is significantly different to that of a 10-year loan to the same borrower. This difference is evident from the distinction of PD levels based on ratings assigned by external rating agencies through their separate ratings for short-term and long-term debt for a given issuer.


The SA typically assigns lower risk weights to sub-investment grade counterparties than the A-IRB approach, thereby potentially understating the economic risk. Conversely, investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach.

Maturity is also an important factor for all asset classes except Retail, with the A-IRB approach producing a higher capital requirement for longer-maturity exposures than for shorter-maturity exposures.

Additionally, under the A-IRB approach we calculate expected loss measures that are deducted from common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital to the extent that they exceed eligible provisions, which is not the case under the SA.

Given the divergence between the SA and the economic risk, which is better represented under the A-IRB approach, particularly for lower-grade counterparties, there is a risk that applying the SA could incentivize higher risk-taking without a commensurate increase in required capital.

Comparison of the A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class

Annual | The following table shows EAD, average risk weight, RWA and leverage ratio denominator (LRD) for the asset classes Central governments and central banks; Public-sector entities; Multi-lateral development banks; Banks and securities dealers; Corporates; and Retail credit risk and counterparty credit risk exposures subject to the A-IRB approach. LRD is the exposure measure used for the leverage ratio.

LRD estimates presented in the table reflect the credit risk and counterparty credit risk components of exposures only and are therefore not representative of the LRD requirement at UBS level overall. The LRD estimates exclude exposures subject to market risk, non-counterparty-related risk and SA credit risk to provide a like-for-like comparison with the A-IRB credit risk EAD disclosed below.

 

Annual |

Comparison of A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class

31.12.21

 

A-IRB, credit and counterparty credit risk

 

LRD

in USD billion, except where indicated

 

Net EAD

Average RW %

RWA

 

 

Central governments and central banks

 

 233 

 1 

 3 

 

 235 

Multi-lateral development banks

 

 3 

 2 

 0 

 

 4 

Public-sector entities

 

 3 

 21 

 1 

 

 4 

Banks and securities dealers

 

 33 

 34 

 11 

 

 116 

Corporates

 

 163 

 48 

 78 

 

 221 

Retail

 

 402 

 14 

 55 

 

 335 

of which: Residential mortgages

 

 170 

 21 

 36 

 

 169 

of which: Lombard lending

 

 227 

 8 

 18 

 

 164 

Total

 

 838 

 18 

 149 

 

 915 

p

 

69 


UBS Group | Section 6   Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approach for credit risk 

Comparison of the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD by asset class

Annual | The differences between the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD per asset class are discussed below and on the following pages.

Central governments and central banks, Public-sector entities, and Multi-lateral development banks

The regulatory net EAD for Central governments and central banks, Public-sector entities, and Multi-lateral development banks as of 31 December 2021 was USD 240 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposure is driven by exposures to banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

The charts on this page provide comparisons of risk weights for exposures to the asset class Central governments and central banks and the sub-asset classes (i) highly rated Multi-lateral development banks, as well as (ii) other Multi-lateral development banks and Public-sector entities calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. Risk weights under the A-IRB approach are shown for one-year and five-year maturities, both assuming an LGD of 45%. Our internal A-IRB ratings have been mapped to external ratings based on the long-term average of one-year default rates available from the major credit rating agencies, as described on page 122 of our Annual Report 2021.

 

The SA assigns a zero risk weight to central governments and central banks rated AA– and better, as well as to highly rated Multi-lateral development bank counterparties, while the A-IRB approach generally assigns risk weights higher than zero to even the highest-quality sovereign counterparties.

 


For other Multi-lateral development bank and Public-sector entity counterparties rated AA– and better, the risk weight applied under the SA is 20%.

However, because this asset class is not a significant driver of RWA, we would expect any resulting RWA difference between the A‑IRB approach and the SA to be relatively small.

 

Banks and securities dealers

The regulatory net EAD for the asset class Banks and securities dealers as of 31 December 2021 was USD 33 billion under the
A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, mainly due to collateral mitigation on derivatives and SFTs. We would expect the net EAD to increase under the SA, related to derivatives and SFTs within the Investment Bank, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches.

The chart below provides a comparison of risk weights for Banks and securities dealers exposures calculated under the A‑IRB approach and the SA.

  

 

70 


 

The vast majority of our exposure with Banks and securities dealers is of investment grade quality. The average contractual maturity of this exposure is closer to the one-year example provided in the chart on the prior page. Therefore, we would expect a higher average risk weight under the SA than the 34% average risk weight under the A-IRB approach. In combination with higher EAD, we would expect this to lead to significantly higher RWA for Banks and securities dealers under the SA.

Corporates

The regulatory net EAD for the Corporates asset class as of 31 December 2021 was USD 163 billion under the A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, mainly due to collateral mitigation on derivatives and SFTs. We would expect the EAD to be higher under the regulatory-prescribed rules related to derivatives and SFTs, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches. Derivatives and SFTs account for 44% of the EAD for this asset class as of 31 December 2021.

The following chart provides a comparison of risk weights for Corporates exposures calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. These exposures primarily arise from corporate lending and derivatives trading within the Investment Bank, and lending to large corporate clients and small and medium-sized entities (SMEs) in Switzerland. The comparison does not include the FINMA-required multiplier applied to the Investment Bank’s Corporates exposures under the A-IRB approach.

 

Investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach. The majority of our Corporates exposures fall into this category. We would therefore expect risk weights for Corporates to be generally higher under the SA.

In addition, SA risk weights rely on external ratings, with a default weighting of 100% being applied where no external rating is available. Typically, counterparties with no external rating are riskier and thus have higher risk weights under the A-IRB approach. However, managed funds, which comprise nearly one-third of our Corporates EAD, typically have no debt and are therefore unrated. The SA applies a 100% risk weight to exposures to such funds. Under A-IRB, these funds are considered very low risk and as of 31 December 2021 had an average risk weight of 22%. We believe the SA significantly overstates the associated risk.

Conversely, for certain exposures we consider the risk weight of 100% under the SA resulting from the absence of an external rating as insufficient, as evident from the hypothetical leveraged finance counterparty example in the table below.

 

Annual |  

Comparison of risk weights as a function of internal rating assessment

The table assumes two counterparties without external rating assignments.

 

 

Interest
payment
coverage
(EBITDA / total
interest
payments)

Total debt /  EBITDA

Debt / assets

Liquidity (fraction of assets that are liquid)

Internal rating assessment

Exposure maturity

A-IRB risk weight range

SA risk weight

Managed funds

NA

NA

0

100%

AAA–AA

< 1Y

10–20%

100%

Leveraged
finance
counterparty

< 2

> 2.5

> 50%

0%

BB–C

> 5Y

100–600%

100%

p

71 


UBS Group | Section 6   Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approach for credit risk 

Retail

Residential mortgages

Annual | The regulatory net EAD for the sub-asset class Residential mortgages as of 31 December 2021 was USD 170 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposures is driven by banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the
A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

Due to the size of our personal and corporate banking business in Switzerland, our domestic portfolios represent a significant portion of our overall lending exposures, with the largest being loans secured by residential properties. Our internal models assign risk weights to such loans by considering the debt service capacity of borrowers and the availability of other collateral, among other factors. These are important considerations for the Swiss market, where there is legal recourse to the borrower.

In contrast, and different to the assignment of risk weights for the aforementioned asset classes, the SA is less complex and only differentiates the risk weights based on loan-to-value (LTV) ranges, as shown in the chart below.

  


The vast majority of our exposures would attract the minimum 35% risk weight under the SA, compared with an average of 21% as of 31 December 2021 observed under the A‑IRB approach.

The difference is largely due to the current SA rules not providing benefit to the portion of exposures with an LTV below 67%. The vast majority of exposures fall within this category, as shown in the “Swiss mortgages: distribution of net exposure at default (EAD) across exposure segments and loan-to-value (LTV) buckets” table on page 117 of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

Lombard lending

The regulatory net EAD for the Lombard loans sub-asset class as of 31 December 2021 was USD 227 billion under the A‑IRB approach, and mainly arises in our wealth management business.

Eligible collateral is more limited under the SA than under A‑IRB. However, the haircuts applied to collateral under the A‑IRB approach are generally greater than those prescribed under the SA. Given this, we would expect the overall effect of applying current SA rules to be limited for this portfolio.

 

  

72 


 

 

Section 7  Securitizations

SECA: Introduction

Annual | This section provides details of traditional and synthetic securitization exposures in the banking and trading book based on the Basel III securitization framework.

In a traditional securitization, a pool of loans (or other debt obligations) is transferred to structured entities that have been established to own the loan pool and to issue tranched securities to third-party investors referencing this pool of loans. In a synthetic securitization, legal ownership of securitized pools of assets is typically retained but associated credit risk is transferred to structured entities, commonly through guarantees, credit derivatives or credit-linked notes. Hybrid structures with a mix of traditional and synthetic features are disclosed as synthetic securitizations.

We act in different roles in securitization transactions. As originator, we create or purchase financial assets, which are then securitized in traditional or synthetic securitization transactions, enabling us to transfer significant risk to third-party investors. As sponsor, we manage, provide financing for or advise on securitization programs. In line with the Basel III framework, sponsoring includes underwriting activities. In all other cases we act as an investor, by taking securitization positions.

SECA: Objectives, roles and involvement

Securitization in the banking book

Annual | Securitization positions held in the banking book include legacy risk positions in Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Group Functions. In 2021, for the majority of securitization carrying amounts on the balance sheet we acted as an originator or investor. Securitization and re-securitization positions in the banking book are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models.

Securitization in the trading book

Annual | Securitizations held in the trading book are part of trading activities, including market-making and client facilitation, that could result in retention of certain securitization positions as an investor, including those we may have originated or sponsored. In the trading book, securitization and re-securitization positions are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models.


Type of structured entities and affiliated entities involved in securitization transactions

Annual | For securitization transactions, the type of structured entities or special purpose vehicles employed is selected as appropriate based on the type of transaction undertaken. Examples include limited liability companies, common law trusts and depositor entities.

Refer to “Note 29 Interests in subsidiaries and other entities” on pages 391-395 of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors,  for further information about interests in structured entities.

Managing and monitoring of the credit and market risk of securitization positions

Annual | The banking book securitization and re-securitization portfolio is subject to specific risk monitoring, which may include interest rate and credit spread sensitivity analysis, as well as inclusion in firm-wide earnings-at-risk, capital-at-risk and combined stress test metrics.

The trading book securitization positions are also subject to multiple risk limits, such as management value-at-risk (VaR) and stress limits, as well as market value limits. As part of managing risks within predefined risk limits, traders may utilize hedging and risk mitigation strategies. Hedging may, however, expose us to basis risks, as the hedging instrument and the position being hedged may not always move in parallel. Such basis risks are managed within the overall limits. Any retained securitization from origination activities and any purchased securitization positions are governed by risk limits together with any other trading positions. Legacy trading book securitization exposure is subject to the same management VaR limit framework. Additionally, risk limits are used to control the unwinding, novation and asset sales process on an ongoing basis.

Accounting policies

Annual | Refer to “Consolidation” on page 292 in “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for information about accounting policies that relate to securitization activities.

 

73 


UBS Group | Section 7   Securitizations 

Regulatory capital treatment of securitization exposures

Annual | In line with the revised securitization framework for banking book securitization exposures, we apply the following approaches to calculate the associated risk-weighted assets (RWA):

     we use external ratings (external ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA)), if available, from S&P, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings for securitization exposures, provided that we are able to demonstrate our expertise in both critically challenging and reviewing the external ratings; or

     if we cannot apply the ERBA method, we apply the standardized approach (SEC-SA) where the delinquency status of a significant portion of the underlying exposure can be determined,  or a risk weight of 1,250%. Re-securitization positions are either treated under the standardized approach or with a 1,250% risk weight.

 

The selection of the external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) is based on the primary rating agency concept. This concept is applied, in principle, to avoid having the credit assessment by one ECAI applied to one or more tranches and by another ECAI to the other tranches, unless this is the result of the application of the specific rules for multiple assessments. If any two of the aforementioned rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the lower of the two credit ratings. If all three rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the middle of the three credit ratings. As of 31 December 2021, UBS did not use internal ratings for the purpose of the RWA calculation for securitization positions in the banking book.


Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book

Semi-annual | The ”Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements” table outlines the carrying values in the banking and trading books as of 31 December 2021, 30 June 2021 and 31 December 2020. For synthetic securitization transactions, the amounts disclosed reflect the net exposure amounts of the securitized exposures. The table also shows the RWA from securitization and the capital charge after application of the revised securitization framework caps. The semi-annual securitization disclosures (SEC1–SEC4) have been condensed into the above-mentioned form based on materiality. 

    Refer to our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.

Development of securitization exposures in the second half of 2021

Semi-annual | Compared with 30 June 2021, securitization exposures in the banking book increased by USD 137 million, primarily due to a wholesale investment where UBS acts as an investor. The securitization exposures in the trading book decreased by USD 90 million, mainly related to secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank. p  

 

74 


 

Semi-annual

Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements

USD million

 

Carrying value / EAD2

 

RWA

 

Total Capital Charge after cap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

Asset Classes – Banking Book1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 36 

 

 256 

 

 20 

Wholesale

 

 686 

 

 119 

 

 10 

Re-securitization

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

Total Banking Book

 

 723 

 

 375 

 

 30 

of which: UBS acts as investor

 

 688 

 

 141 

 

 11 

of which: UBS acts as originator and / or sponsor

 

 35 

 

 234 

 

 19 

Asset Classes – Trading Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 56 

 

 113 

 

 9 

Wholesale

 

 476 

 

 447 

 

 36 

Re-securitization

 

 8 

 

 92 

 

 7 

Total Trading Book

 

 540 

 

 652 

 

 52 

Total

 

 1,263 

 

 1,027 

 

 82 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.6.21

Asset Classes – Banking Book1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 35 

 

 248 

 

 20 

Wholesale

 

 550 

 

 130 

 

 10 

Re-securitization

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

Total Banking Book

 

 586 

 

 379 

 

 30 

of which: UBS acts as investor

 

 552 

 

 148 

 

 12 

of which: UBS acts as originator and / or sponsor

 

 34 

 

 230 

 

 18 

Asset Classes – Trading Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 21 

 

 133 

 

 11 

Wholesale

 

 606 

 

 569 

 

 46 

Re-securitization

 

 3 

 

 24 

 

 2 

Total Trading Book

 

 630 

 

 726 

 

 58 

Total

 

 1,215 

 

 1,104 

 

 88 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.20

Asset Classes – Banking Book1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 36 

 

 246 

 

 20 

Wholesale

 

 112 

 

 68 

 

 5 

Re-securitization

 

 0 

 

 0 

 

 0 

Total Banking Book

 

 148 

 

 314 

 

 25 

of which: UBS acts as investor

 

 113 

 

 74 

 

 6 

of which: UBS acts as originator and / or sponsor

 

 35 

 

 241 

 

 19 

Asset Classes – Trading Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 25 

 

 163 

 

 13 

Wholesale

 

 594 

 

 270 

 

 22 

Re-securitization

 

 3 

 

 23 

 

 2 

Total Trading Book

 

 622 

 

 456 

 

 37 

Total

 

 770 

 

 771 

 

 62 

1 Of the securitization exposures in the banking book, 95% carried a risk weighting of up to 100% as of 31 December 2021 (30 June 2021: 94%; 31 December 2020: 76%).    2 Effective from 31 December 2021, securitization exposures in the trading book including synthetic transactions reflect the net exposure amounts.

p

  

75 


UBS Group | Section 8   Market risk 

 

Section 8  Market risk

Overview

Semi-annual | The amount of capital required to underpin market risk in the regulatory trading book is calculated using a variety of methods approved by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). The components contributing to market risk risk-weighted assets (RWA) are value-at-risk (VaR), stressed value-at-risk (SVaR), an add-on for risks that are potentially not fully modeled in VaR (risks not in VaR, or RniV), the incremental risk charge (IRC) and the securitization framework for securitization positions in the trading book. More information about each of these components is provided on the following pages.

 

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  

 

Annual |

MRA: Market risk

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategies and processes of the bank for market risk

 

Risk management and control

 

 

 

Risk appetite framework

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and

management techniques

 

Market risk stress loss, Value-at-risk

 

105–107

 

114

 

 

132–135

 

 

 

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 10 Derivative instruments

 

322–323

Structure and organization of the market risk management function

 

Risk management and control

 

Key risks

Risk governance

 

99

 

103–104

Scope and nature of risk reporting and measurement systems

 

Risk management and control

 

 

Internal risk reporting

 

Main sources of market risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

108

 

131

 

 

 

p

 

76 


 

Market risk risk-weighted assets

Market risk RWA development in the fourth quarter of 2021

Quarterly | The three main components that contribute to market risk RWA are VaR, SVaR and IRC. The VaR and SVaR components include the RWA charge for RniV.


The MR2 table on the next page provides a breakdown of the movement in market risk RWA in the fourth quarter of 2021 under an internal models approach across those components, pursuant to the movement categories defined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS). These categories are described below.

Definitions of market risk RWA movement table components for MR2

References in the table below link to the line numbers provided in the movement table on the next page.

Reference

Description

 

Definition

1/8c

RWA as of previous and current reporting period end (end of period)

 

Quarter-end RWA.

1a/8b

Regulatory adjustment

 

Indicates the difference between rows 1 and 1b, and 8c and 8a, respectively.

1b/8a

RWA at previous and current quarter-end (end

of day)

 

For a given component (e.g., VaR), this refers to the RWA computed whenever that component’s snapshot quarter-end figure is higher than the 60-day average for regulatory VaR, and the 12-week average for SVaR and IRC, thus determining the quarter-end RWA. The regulatory adjustment would be zero if the quarter-end RWA were triggered by the snapshot quarter-end figure.

 

Movement of end-of-day RWA

2

Movement in risk levels

 

Movements due to changes in positions and risk levels.

3

Model updates / changes

 

Movements due to routine updates to model parameters and model changes.

4

Methodology and policy

 

Movements due to methodological changes in calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions of existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator.

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

Movements due to the disposal or acquisition of business operations, quantified based on the market risk exposures at the end of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition. Purchases and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are reflected in “Movements in risk levels.”

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

Movements due to changes in exchange rates. Note that the effect of movements in exchange rates is captured in “Movement in risk levels,” since exchange rate movements are part of the effects of market movements on risk levels.

7

Other

 

Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to any other category.

 

 

RWA flow

Quarterly | Market risk RWA under an internal model-based approach decreased by USD 2.9 billion to USD 10.4 billion in the fourth quarter of 2021, mainly related to a decrease in a regulatory add-on which considers profit or loss resulting from time decay. The integration of time decay into the regulatory VaR model is subject to further discussions between FINMA and UBS.

The VaR multiplier remained unchanged compared with the prior quarter, at 3.0.  

 

 

77 


UBS Group | Section 8   Market risk 

Quarterly |

MR2: RWA flow statements of market risk exposures under an IMA1

USD million

VaR

Stressed VaR

IRC

CRM

Other

Total RWA

1

RWA as of 31.12.20

 2,170 

 7,257 

 1,958 

 

 

 11,385 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 (1,332) 

 (4,034) 

 

 

 

 (5,366) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 838 

 3,223 

 1,958 

 

 

 6,019 

2

Movement in risk levels

 2,033 

 (1,950) 

 102 

 

 

 185 

3

Model updates / changes

 (102) 

 98 

 

 

 

 (4) 

4

Methodology and policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 (77) 

 (21) 

 

 

 

 (98) 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 2,692 

 1,350 

 2,060 

 

 

 6,102 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 

 3,664 

 

 

 

 3,664 

8c

RWA as of 31.3.21

 2,692 

 5,014 

 2,060 

 

 

 9,766 

1

RWA as of 31.3.21

 2,692 

 5,014 

 2,060 

 

 

 9,766 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 

 (3,664) 

 

 

 

 (3,664) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 2,692 

 1,350 

 2,060 

 

 

 6,102 

2

Movement in risk levels

 (2,380) 

 226 

 (6) 

 

 

 (2,160) 

3

Model updates / changes

 

 (19) 

 157 

 

 

 137 

4

Methodology and policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 (3) 

 1 

 

 

 

 (2) 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 309 

 1,558 

 2,211 

 

 

 4,078 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 727 

 2,288 

 

 

 

 3,015 

8c

RWA as of 30.6.21

 1,036 

 3,846 

 2,211 

 

 

 7,093 

1

RWA as of 30.6.21

 1,036 

 3,846 

 2,211 

 

 

 7,093 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 (727) 

 (2,288) 

 

 

 

 (3,015) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 309 

 1,558 

 2,211 

 

 

 4,078 

2

Movement in risk levels

 475 

 22 

 (470) 

 

 

 27 

3

Model updates / changes

 (49) 

 (135) 

 

 

 

 (184) 

4

Methodology and policy

 2,428 

 2,428 

 

 

 

 4,856 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 17 

 61 

 

 

 

 78 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 3,180 

 3,933 

 1,741 

 

 

 8,854 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 846 

 3,659 

 

 

 

 4,505 

8c

RWA as of 30.9.21

 4,026 

 7,593 

 1,741 

 

 

 13,359 

1

RWA as of 30.9.21

 4,026 

 7,593 

 1,741 

 

 

 13,359 

1a

Regulatory adjustment

 (846) 

 (3,659) 

 

 

 

 (4,505) 

1b

RWA at previous quarter-end (end of day)

 3,180 

 3,933 

 1,741 

 

 

 8,854 

2

Movement in risk levels

 101 

 (178) 

 (352) 

 

 

 (428) 

3

Model updates / changes

 18 

 32 

 

 

 

 51 

4

Methodology and policy

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Acquisitions and disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Foreign exchange movements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Other

 (2,795) 

 (2,821) 

 

 

 

 (5,616) 

8a

RWA at the end of the reporting period (end of day)

 504 

 968 

 1,389 

 

 

 2,860 

8b

Regulatory adjustment

 2,368 

 4,916 

 284 

 

 

 7,567 

8c

RWA as of 31.12.21

 2,872 

 5,883 

 1,673 

 

 

 10,428 

1 Components that describe movements in RWA are presented in italics.

p

 

78 


 

Securitization positions in the trading book

Semi-annual | Our exposure to securitization positions in the trading book includes exposures arising from secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank, and limited positions in the Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Group Functions that we continue to wind down.


Securitization exposures in the trading book is the only relevant disclosure component of market risk under the standardized approach. Our market risk RWA from securitization exposures in the trading book decreased by USD 90 million to USD 540 million as of 31 December 2021.

    Refer to the “Securitizations” section of this report for more information about the securitization exposures in the trading book

 

 

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Annual |

MRB: Internal models approach

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description of activities and risks covered by the VaR models and stressed VaR models

 

Risk management and control

 

Value-at-risk

 

132–135

 

 

Main sources of market risk

 

131

VaR models applied by different entities within the Group

 

Risk management and control

 

Main sources of market risk

 

131

 

 

Value-at-risk

 

132–135

General description of VaR and stressed VaR models

 

Risk management and control

 

Value-at-risk

 

132–135

 

 

 

 

 

 

Main differences between the VaR and stressed VaR models used for management purposes and for regulatory purposes

 

Risk management and control

 

Value-at-risk

 

132–135

 

 

 

 

 

 

Further information on VaR models

 

Risk management and control

 

 

 

 

Value-at-risk

 

Market risk stress loss

 

Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques

 

132–135

132

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21 Fair value measurement

 

348–363

Description of stress testing applied to modeling parameters

 

Consolidated financial statements

 

Note 21 Fair value measurement

 

348–363

Description of backtesting approach

 

Risk management and control

 

 

Backtesting of VaR

 

VaR model confirmation

 

134–135

 

135

 

 

 

p

  

79 


UBS Group | Section 8   Market risk 

Regulatory calculation of market risk

Semi-annual | The MR3 table below shows minimum, maximum, average and period-end regulatory VaR, SVaR, the IRC and the comprehensive risk capital charge. Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions.


During the second half of 2021, 10-day 99% regulatory VaR and SVaR increased, driven by the introduction of a regulatory add-on, which considers profit or loss resulting from time decay in addition to the regulatory value-at-risk (VaR) and stressed VaR. 

 

Semi-annual |

MR3: IMA values for trading portfolios

 

For the six-month period ended 31.12.21

For the six-month period ended 30.6.21

For the six-month period ended 31.12.20

USD million

 

 

 

 

VaR (10-day 99%)

 

 

 

1

Maximum value

 130 

 124 

 76 

2

Average value

 80 

 26 

 34 

3

Minimum value

 9 

 3 

 15 

4

Period end

 21 

 14 

 37 

 

Stressed VaR (10-day 99%)

 

 

 

5

Maximum value

 197 

 211 

 190 

6

Average value

 127 

 71 

 88 

7

Minimum value

 29 

 28 

 39 

8

Period end

 40 

 68 

 138 

 

Incremental risk charge (99.9%)

 

 

 

9

Maximum value

 232 

 191 

 158 

10

Average value

 130 

 143 

 126 

11

Minimum value

 98 

 92 

 100 

12

Period end

 111 

 177 

 157 

 

Comprehensive risk capital charge (99.9%)

 

 

 

13

Maximum value

 

 

 

14

Average value

 

 

 

15

Minimum value

 

 

 

16

Period end

 

 

 

17

Floor (standardized measurement method)

 

 

 

p

80 


 

Value-at-risk

VaR definition

Annual | VaR is a statistical measure of market risk, representing the potential market risk losses over a set time horizon (holding period) at an established level of confidence. VaR assumes no change in the Group’s trading positions over the set time horizon.

We calculate VaR daily. The profit or loss distribution VaR is derived from our internally developed VaR model, which simulates returns over the holding period for those risk factors our trading positions are sensitive to, and subsequently quantifies the profit / loss effect of these risk factor returns on trading positions. Risk factor returns associated with general interest rate, foreign exchange and commodities risk factor classes are based on a pure historical simulation approach, using a five-year look-back window. Risk factor returns for selected issuer-based risk factors, e.g., equity price and credit spreads, are split into systematic and residual issuer-specific components using a factor model approach. Systematic returns are based on historical simulation, and residual returns on a Monte Carlo simulation. VaR model profit or loss distribution is derived from the sum of systematic and residual returns in such a way that we consistently capture systematic and residual risk. Correlations among risk factors are implicitly captured via a historical simulation approach. When modeling risk factor returns we consider the stationarity properties of the historical time series of risk factor changes. Depending on the stationarity properties of the risk factors within a given factor class, we model the factor returns using absolute returns or logarithmic returns. Risk factor return distributions are updated fortnightly.

Our VaR model does not have full revaluation capability, but we source full revaluation grids and sensitivities from front-office systems, enabling us to capture material non-linear profit or loss effects.

We use a single VaR model for both internal management purposes and determining market risk RWA, although we consider different confidence levels and time horizons. For internal management purposes, we establish risk limits and measure exposures using VaR at a 95% confidence level with a 1-day holding period, aligned to the way we consider the risks associated with our trading activities. The regulatory measure of market risk used to underpin the market risk capital requirement under Basel III requires a measure equivalent to a 99% confidence level using a 10-day holding period. To calculate a 10-day holding period VaR, we use 10-day risk factor returns, with all observations equally weighted.

Additionally, the portfolio population for management and regulatory VaR is slightly different. The one for regulatory VaR meets regulatory requirements for inclusion in regulatory VaR. Management VaR includes a broader range of positions. For example, regulatory VaR excludes credit spread risks from the securitization portfolio, which are treated instead under the securitization approach for regulatory purposes.

We also use SVaR for the calculation of market risk RWA. SVaR uses broadly the same methodology as regulatory VaR and is calculated using the same population, holding period (10-day) and confidence level (99%). Unlike regulatory VaR, the historical data set for SVaR is not limited to five years, instead covering from 1 January 2007 to the present. In deriving SVaR, we seek the largest 10-day holding period VaR for the current Group portfolio across all one-year look-back windows from 1 January 2007 to the present. SVaR is computed weekly.

Derivation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA

Annual | VaR and SVaR are used to derive the VaR and SVaR components of the market risk Basel III RWA. This calculation takes the maximum of the respective period-end VaR measure and the product of the average VaR measure for the 60 business days immediately preceding the period end and a VaR multiplier set by FINMA. The VaR multiplier, which was 3.0 as of 31 December 2021, is dependent upon the number of VaR backtesting exceptions within a 250-business-day window. When the number of exceptions is greater than four, the multiplier increases gradually from three to a maximum of four if 10 or more backtesting exceptions occur. This is then multiplied by a risk weight factor of 1,250% to determine RWA. This calculation is set out in the table below.

Figures shown below exclude the effects of the time decay add-on.

 

Annual |

VaR- and SVaR-based RWA

As of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million

Period-end VaR

(A)

60-day average VaR

(B)

VaR multiplier

(C)

Max. (A, B x C)

(D)

Risk weight factor

(E)

Basel III RWA

(D x E)

VaR (10-day 99%)

 22 

 17 

 3.00 

 52 

 1,250% 

 654 

Stressed VaR (10-day 99%) 

 41 

 61 

 3.00 

 183 

 1,250% 

 2,290 

p

81 


UBS Group | Section 8   Market risk 

 

MR4: Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses

Semi-annual | VaR backtesting is a performance measurement process in which a 1-day VaR prediction is compared with the realized 1-day profit or loss (P&L). We compute backtesting VaR using a 99% confidence level and 1-day holding period for the regulatory VaR population. Since 99% VaR at UBS is defined as a risk measure that operates on the lower tail of the P&L distribution, 99% backtesting VaR is a negative number. Backtesting revenues exclude non-trading revenues, such as valuation reserves, fees and commissions, and revenues from intraday trading, to provide for a like-for-like comparison. A backtesting exception occurs when backtesting revenues are lower than the previous day’s backtesting VaR.

Statistically, given the 99% confidence level, 2 or 3 backtesting exceptions a year can be expected. More than 4 exceptions could indicate that the VaR model is not performing appropriately, as could too few exceptions over a long period. However, as noted under “VaR limitations” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2021, a sudden increase (or decrease) in market volatility relative to the five-year window could lead to a higher (or lower) number of exceptions. Therefore, Group-level backtesting exceptions are investigated, as are exceptional positive backtesting revenues, with the results reported to senior business management, the Group Chief Risk Officer and the Group Chief Market & Treasury Risk Officer. Internal and external auditors and relevant regulators are also informed of backtesting exceptions.

The “Group: development of regulatory backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues against backtesting VaR” chart below shows the 12-month development of backtesting VaR against the Group’s backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues for 2021. The chart shows both the 99% and the 1% backtesting VaR. The asymmetry between the negative and positive tails is due to the long gamma risk profile historically run in the Investment Bank.

The actual trading revenues include backtesting and intraday revenues.

There was one new Group VaR negative backtesting exception in the second half of 2021, increasing the total number of negative backtesting exceptions within the most recent 250-business-day window to 4 from 3. As these backtesting exceptions remained below 5, the FINMA VaR multiplier used to compute regulatory and stressed VaR RWA remained unchanged at 3 throughout the period.

Semi-annual |

p

  

  

 

82 


 

Risks not in VaR

Risks not in VaR definition

Annual | We have a framework to identify and quantify potential risks that are not entirely captured by our VaR model. We refer to these as risks not in VaR (RniV). This framework is used to underpin these potential risks with regulatory capital, calculated as a multiple of VaR and SVaR.

Our VaR model can be split into two components: the P&L representation and the risk factor model. This gives rise to two RniV categories: P&L representation RniV and risk factor RniV. P&L representation RniV arise from approximations made by the VaR model to quantify the effect of risk factor changes on the profit and loss of positions and portfolios. Risk factor RniV originate from an inadequate modeling of the stochastic behavior of the risk factors.  

Risks not in VaR quantification

Annual | The RniV quantification is conducted on the basis of a quantitative approach that was developed within the Risk Methodology department and that has been approved by FINMA. We quantify RniV on a monthly basis. The framework applies to both categories of RniV: P&L representation RniV and risk factor RniV.


Risks not in VaR mitigation

Annual | Material RniV items are monitored and controlled by means and measures other than VaR, such as position limits and stress limits. Additionally, there are ongoing initiatives to extend the VaR model to better capture these risks.

Derivation of RWA add-on for risks not in VaR

Annual | The RniV framework is used to derive the RniV-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA, using the aforementioned approach, which is approved by FINMA and is subject to recalibration at least once a quarter. As RWA from RniV are add-ons, they do not reflect any diversification benefits across risks capitalized through VaR and SVaR.

The RniV VaR and SVaR capital ratios applicable as of 31 December 2021 were 72% and 80%, respectively.

FINMA continues to require that RniV stressed VaR capital is floored at RniV VaR capital.

The period-end RWA shown below does not include the time decay add-on.

 

Annual |

RniV-based RWA

As of 31.12.21

 

 

 

USD million

Period-end RWA

(A)

RniV add-on

(B)

RniV RWA

(A x B)

Regulatory VaR

 654 

 72% 

 468 

Stressed VaR

 2,290 

 80% 

 1,843 

Total RniV RWA

 

 

 2,311 

p

83 


UBS Group | Section 8   Market risk 

Incremental risk charge

Annual | Incremental risk charge (IRC) is the potential loss due to the defaulting or credit migration of issuers of non-securitized credit instruments in the trading book. IRC is calculated as the portfolio loss at the 99.9th percentile of the portfolio loss distribution over a one-year time horizon. It uses a multi-factor model applying the constant position assumption for all positions in the IRC portfolio. This means that all positions are kept unchanged over a one-year time period.

The portfolio loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation approach. The simulation is performed in two steps: first, the distribution of credit ratings (including the defaulted state) at the one-year time horizon is estimated by a portfolio rating migration model; and, second, default and migration losses conditional on credit events generated by the migration model are calculated and aggregated.

The portfolio rating migration model is of the Merton type: migrations of credit ratings are considered to be functions of the underlying asset value of a firm. The correlation structure of asset values is based on the FIS APT factor model, with factor loadings and volatilities homogenized within region / industry / size buckets. For the government bucket, a conservative expert-based correlation value is used. The transition matrix approach is utilized to set migration and default thresholds. The transition matrix for sovereign obligors is calibrated to the history of S&P sovereign ratings. The transition matrix for non-sovereigns is calibrated to the history of UBS internal ratings.

For each position related to a defaulted obligor, default losses are calculated based on the maximum default exposure measure (the loss in the case of a default event assuming zero recovery) and a random recovery concept. To account for potential basis risk between instruments, different recovery values may be generated for different instruments even if they belong to the same issuer. To calculate rating migration losses, a linear (delta) approximation is used. A loss resulting from a migration event is calculated as a change in the average credit spread due to the rating change, multiplied by the corresponding sensitivity of a position to changes in credit spreads.

The validation of the IRC model relies heavily on sensitivity analyses embedded into the annual model reconfirmation.

Derivation of IRC-based RWA

Annual | IRC is calculated weekly and the results are used to derive the IRC-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and SVaR-based RWA, but without a VaR multiplier, and is shown below.

 

Annual |

IRC-based RWA

As of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period-end IRC

(A)

Average of last

12 weeks IRC

(B)

Max (A, B)

(C)

Risk weight factor

(D)

Basel III RWA

(C x D)

USD million

 

 111 

 134 

 134 

 1,250% 

 1,673 

p

 

 

Comprehensive risk measure

Annual | The comprehensive risk measure (the CRM) is an estimate of the default and complex price risk, including the convexity and cross-convexity of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and recovery, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level. The calculation assumes a static portfolio with trade aging, a modeling choice consistent with the portfolio being hedged in a back-to-back manner. The model scope covers collateralized debt obligation (CDO) swaps, credit-linked notes (CLNs), 1st- and nth-to-default swaps and CLNs and hedges for these positions, including single-name credit default swaps (CDSs), CLNs and index CDSs.

The CRM profit and loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation of defaults, loss given default (LGD) rates and market data changes over the next 12 months, where spreads follow their own stochastic processes and are correlated to defaults. The risk engine loads the definition of all trades and, for each Monte Carlo scenario, generates the trade cash flows over the next 12 months and revalues the trades on the horizon date. The revaluation relies on sampled FX rates, credit spreads and index bases and introduces a correlation skew by using stochastic correlations and stochastic LGD rates. The correlation skew is calibrated at irregular intervals. The 99.9% negative quantile of the resulting profit and loss distribution is then taken to be the CRM result. Our CRM methodology is subject to minimum qualitative standards.

Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions and therefore the CRM-based capital requirement has not been applicable to us.

 

  

84 


 

 

Section 9  Operational risk

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Annual |

ORA: Operational risk

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Details of the approach for operational risk capital assessment for which the bank qualifies

 

Risk management and control

 

Operational risk framework

 

148

Description of the advanced measurement approaches (AMA) for operational risk

 

Risk management and control

 

Advanced measurement approach model

 

149

p

  

85 


UBS Group | Section 10   Interest rate risk in the banking book 

 

Section 10  Interest rate risk in the banking book

Annual | The disclosures in this section take into account Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) Circular 2019/2, which sets out minimum standards for measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling interest rate risks in the banking book. The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Annual |

IRRBBA: Interest rate risk in the banking book 

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The nature of interest rate risk in the banking book and key assumptions applied

 

Risk management and control

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

 

135–138

Sources of interest rate risk in the banking book

 

Risk management and control

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

 

135–138

Interest rate risk management and governance

 

Risk management and control

 

Interest rate risk in the banking book

 

 

135–138

p

 

Economic value and net interest income sensitivity

Annual | The interest rate risk sensitivity figures presented in the IRRBB1 table below represent the effect of six interest rate scenarios defined by FINMA on the theoretical present value of the banking book, as well as the effect of the two parallel shock scenarios on the net interest income of the banking book. Economic value of equity (EVE) sensitivity excludes any modeled duration assigned to equity, goodwill, real estate and, as prescribed by FINMA, also excludes additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.

As of 31 December 2021, the most adverse of the six FINMA interest rate scenarios with regard to EVE would be the “Parallel up” scenario, which would result in a change of the economic value of equity of negative USD 6.0 billion, representing a pro forma reduction of 10.0% of tier 1 capital, which would be well below the regulatory outlier test of 15% of tier 1 capital. The immediate effect of the “Parallel up” scenario on tier 1 capital as of 31 December 2021 would be a reduction of 1.8%, or USD 1.1 billion, arising from the part of our banking book that is measured at fair value through profit or loss and from the Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. Over time, this scenario would have a positive effect on net interest income (NII).

The more adverse of the two parallel interest rate scenarios with regard to NII over the next 12 months was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a potential change of negative USD 1.0 billion. This excludes the contribution from cash held at central banks as per FINMA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements. With the inclusion of the cash held at central banks, the NII would increase by USD 1.4 billion under the “Parallel up” scenario.

 

 

Annual |

IRRBB1: Quantitative information about IRRBB

As of 31.12.21

 

Delta EVE – Change of economic value of equity

 

Delta NII – Change of Net interest income1

USD million

 

31.12.21

31.12.20

 

31.12.21

31.12.20

Parallel up2

 

 (6,041) 

 (5,605) 

 

 (953) 

 (364) 

Parallel down2

 

 5,150 

 4,957 

 

 2,058 

 1,128 

Steepener3

 

 (1,180) 

 (849) 

 

 

 

Flattener4

 

 (207) 

 (394) 

 

 

 

Short-term up5

 

 (2,363) 

 (2,333) 

 

 

 

Short-term down6

 

 2,466 

 2,435 

 

 

 

Maximum7

 

 (6,041) 

 (5,605) 

 

 (953) 

 (364) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

31.12.21

 

31.12.20

Tier 1 capital

 

 60,488 

 

 56,178 

1 Disclosure of NII sensitivity is only required for the two parallel shock scenarios. The NII sensitivity estimates reflect the impact of immediate changes in interest rates, relative to constant rates, and assume no change to balance sheet size and structure, constant foreign exchange rates and no specific management action. Furthermore, the change in NII does not include the contribution from cash held at central banks.    2 Rates across all tenors move by ±150 bps for Swiss franc, ±200 bps for euro and US dollar and ±250 bps for pound sterling.    3 Short-term rates decrease and long-term rates increase.    4 Short-term rates increase and long-term rates decrease.    5 Short-term rates increase more than long-term rates.    6 Short-term rates decrease more than long-term rates.    7 “Maximum” indicates the most adverse interest rate scenario as shown in the table. 

p

 

86 


 

Annual |

IRRBBA1: Quantitative disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk

As of 31.12.21

 

 

Volume1

 

Average interest rate repricing period (in years)

 

Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures with modeled interest rate repricing dates

USD million, except where indicated

 

Total

of which: CHF

of which: EUR

of which: USD

 

Total

of which: CHF

 

Total

of which: CHF

Determined

repricing period2

Loans and advances to banks

 

 9,278 

 1,106 

 4,818 

 2,113 

 

 1.40 

 2.00 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 174,786 

 34,028 

 16,325 

 108,626 

 

 0.72 

 1.43 

 

 

 

Money market mortgages

 

 43,140 

 43,140 

 

 

 

 0.08 

 0.08 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate mortgages

 

 113,531 

 112,318 

 58 

 400 

 

 3.67 

 3.70 

 

 

 

Financial investments

 

 51,594 

 4,045 

 8,683 

 34,034 

 

 2.95 

 3.45 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 197,238 

 4,395 

 41,553 

 127,586 

 

 0.10 

 0.19 

 

 

 

Receivables from interest rate derivatives

 

 736,022 

 158,882 

 97,820 

 435,565 

 

 1.30 

 0.71 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 

 (1,060) 

 (526) 

 

 (267) 

 

 0.09 

 0.00 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

 (67,272) 

 (41) 

 (3,024) 

 (43,886) 

 

 0.15 

 2.20 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes

 

 (60) 

 (60) 

 0 

 

 

 3.03 

 3.03 

 

 

 

Bonds and covered bonds

 

 (140,128) 

 (12,771) 

 (30,910) 

 (78,603) 

 

 2.34 

 4.51 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 (91,582) 

 (786) 

 (21,837) 

 (55,160) 

 

 0.24 

 0.75 

 

 

 

Liabilities from interest rate derivatives

 

 (727,339) 

 (234,105) 

 (86,853) 

 (352,116) 

 

 0.56 

 0.59 

 

 

 

Undetermined

repricing period3

Loans and advances to banks

 

 328 

 328 

 

 

 

 1.61 

 1.61 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 26,470 

 2,405 

 4,297 

 17,847 

 

 1.31 

 0.82 

 

 

 

Variable-rate mortgages

 

 22,302 

 139 

 

 18,998 

 

 2.55 

 1.24 

 

 

 

Other receivables on sight

 

 222 

 222 

 

 

 

 1.75 

 1.75 

 

 

 

Liabilities on sight in personal and current accounts

 

 (371,449) 

 (74,943) 

 (55,952) 

 (210,511) 

 

 1.32 

 1.74 

 

 

 

Other liabilities on sight

 

 (16,046) 

 (729) 

 (2,818) 

 (11,323) 

 

 0.17 

 0.04 

 

 

 

Liabilities from customer deposits, callable but not transferable

 

 (117,816) 

 (117,816) 

 

 

 

 2.06 

 2.06 

 

 

 

Total

 

 554,632 

 196,582 

 63,067 

 258,678 

 

 1.41 

 1.94 

 

 10 

 10 

1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated with loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below USD 1 billion are reported under Loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process.

p

 

87 


UBS Group | Section 10   Interest rate risk in the banking book 

Annual |

IRRBBA1: Quantitative disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk

As of 31.12.20

 

 

Volume1

 

Average interest rate repricing period (in years)

 

Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures with modeled interest rate repricing dates

USD million, except where indicated

 

Total

of which: CHF

of which: EUR

of which: USD

 

Total

of which: CHF

 

Total

of which: CHF

Determined

repricing period 2

Loans and advances to banks

 

 12,565 

 4,593 

 4,951 

 2,979 

 

 0.70 

 0.96 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 193,630 

 39,208 

 25,507 

 99,499 

 

 0.81 

 1.52 

 

 

 

Money market mortgages

 

 37,291 

 37,291 

 

 

 

 0.14 

 0.14 

 

 

 

Fixed-rate mortgages

 

 104,925 

 103,394 

 61 

 338 

 

 3.90 

 3.94 

 

 

 

Financial investments

 

 64,759 

 4,207 

 10,834 

 38,900 

 

 2.91 

 4.22 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 179,547 

 0 

 20,326 

 108,515 

 

 0.14 

 0.05 

 

 

 

Receivables from interest rate derivatives

 

 702,621 

 109,014 

 122,322 

 383,237 

 

 1.18 

 0.89 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 

 (6,541) 

 (3,105) 

 0 

 (3,433) 

 

 1.70 

 1.74 

 

 

 

Customer deposits

 

 (35,888) 

 (150) 

 (3,409) 

 (20,782) 

 

 0.44 

 1.14 

 

 

 

Medium-term notes

 

 (64) 

 (64) 

 0 

 

 

 1.24 

 2.70 

 

 

 

Bonds and covered bonds

 

 (138,241) 

 (11,780) 

 (38,745) 

 (71,970) 

 

 2.29 

 4.49 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 (85,004) 

 (37) 

 (13,148) 

 (37,414) 

 

 0.07 

 0.01 

 

 

 

Liabilities from interest rate derivatives

 

 (704,432) 

 (161,981) 

 (107,385) 

 (328,395) 

 

 0.67 

 0.94 

 

 

 

Undetermined

repricing period3

Loans and advances to banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 

 20,601 

 1,894 

 3,291 

 13,900 

 

 1.36 

 0.93 

 

 

 

Variable-rate mortgages

 

 21,425 

 1,587 

 

 16,541 

 

 2.95 

 1.26 

 

 

 

Other receivables on sight

 

 310 

 310 

 

 

 

 1.47 

 1.47 

 

 

 

Liabilities on sight in personal and current accounts

 

 (333,271) 

 (80,631) 

 (50,458) 

 (174,463) 

 

 1.16 

 1.54 

 

 

 

Other liabilities on sight

 

 (27,581) 

 (9,415) 

 (3,774) 

 (13,081) 

 

 0.08 

 0.03 

 

 

 

Liabilities from customer deposits, callable but not transferable

 

 (127,039) 

 (127,039) 

 

 

 

 2.05 

 2.05 

 

 

 

Total

 

 530,228 

 220,877 

 57,522 

 217,984 

 

 1.05 

 1.72 

 

 10 

 10 

1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated with loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below USD 1 billion are reported under Loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest rate risk management and monitoring process.

p

88 


 

 

Section 11  Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital

Quarterly | The table below provides details of the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) going and gone concern capital requirements as required by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). More information about capital management is provided in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

As of 31.12.21

 

RWA

 

LRD

USD million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

in %

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 14.321

 43,281 

 

 5.001

 53,443 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 10.02 

 30,286 

 

 3.502

 37,410 

of which: minimum capital

 

 4.50 

 13,599 

 

 1.50 

 16,033 

of which: buffer capital

 

 5.50 

 16,621 

 

 2.00 

 21,377 

of which: countercyclical buffer

 

 0.02 

 66 

 

 

 

Maximum additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.30 

 12,995 

 

 1.50 

 16,033 

of which: additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.50 

 10,577 

 

 1.50 

 16,033 

of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital

 

 0.80 

 2,418 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 20.02 

 60,488 

 

 5.66 

 60,488 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 14.98 

 45,281 

 

 4.24 

 45,281 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital3

 

 5.03 

 15,207 

 

 1.42 

 15,207 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.23 

 12,783 

 

 1.20 

 12,783 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 0.80 

 2,425 

 

 0.23 

 2,425 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity4

 

 10.74 

 32,444 

 

 3.78 

 40,388 

of which: base requirement5

 

 12.86 

 38,864 

 

 4.50 

 48,099 

of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD

 

 1.44 

 4,352 

 

 0.50 

 5,344 

of which: applicable reduction on requirements

 

 (3.56) 

 (10,772) 

 

 (1.22) 

 (13,056) 

of which: rebate granted (equivalent to 55% of maximum rebate)

 

 (3.14) 

 (9,474) 

 

 (1.10) 

 (11,757) 

of which: reduction for usage of low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments

 

 (0.43) 

 (1,298) 

 

 (0.12) 

 (1,298) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 14.65 

 44,264 

 

 4.14 

 44,264 

Total tier 2 capital

 

 1.04 

 3,144 

 

 0.29 

 3,144 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital

 

 0.86 

 2,596 

 

 0.24 

 2,596 

of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital

 

 0.18 

 547 

 

 0.05 

 547 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 13.61 

 41,120 

 

 3.85 

 41,120 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 25.06 

 75,725 

 

 8.78 

 93,831 

Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 34.66 

 104,752 

 

 9.80 

 104,752 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 302,209 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 1,068,862 

1 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.44% for RWA and 0.50% for LRD.    2 Our minimum CET1 leverage ratio requirement of 3.5% consists of a 1.5% base requirement, a 1.5% base buffer capital requirement, a 0.25% LRD add-on requirement and a 0.25% market share add-on requirement based on our Swiss credit business.    3 Includes outstanding low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments, which are available under the Swiss SRB framework to meet the going concern requirements until their first call date. As of their first call date, these instruments are eligible to meet the gone concern requirements.    4 A maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of the minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital.    5 The gone concern requirement after the application of the rebate for resolvability measures and the reduction for the use of higher quality capital instruments is floored at 8.6% and 3% for the RWA- and LRD-based requirements, respectively. This means that the combined reduction may not exceed 5.7 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement of 14.3% and 2.0 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement of 5.0%.   

p

89 


UBS Group | Section 11   Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 

Semi-annual | The CCyB1 table below provides details of the underlying exposures and risk-weighted assets (RWA) used in the computation of the countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB) requirement applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated. Further information about the methodology of geographical allocation used is provided on page 140 of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  

There were no changes in the countercyclical buffer requirement during the second half of 2021.

 

Semi-annual |

CCyB1: Geographical distribution of credit exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer

USD million, except where indicated

31.12.21

Geographical breakdown

Countercyclical capital buffer rate, %

Exposure values and / or risk-weighted assets used in the computation of the countercyclical capital buffer

Bank-specific countercyclical capital buffer rate, %

Countercyclical amount

Exposure values1

 

Risk-weighted assets

Hong Kong SAR

 1.00 

 8,665 

 

 2,105 

 

 

Luxembourg

 0.50 

 22,195 

 

 4,508 

 

 

Sum

 

 30,860 

 

 6,613 

 

 

Total

 

 662,840 

 

 201,092 

 0.02 

 66 

1 Includes private sector exposures in the countries that are Basel Committee on Banking Supervision member jurisdictions under categories “Credit risk,” “Counterparty credit risk,” “Equity positions in the banking book,” “Settlement risk,” “Securitization exposures in the banking book” and “Amounts below thresholds for deduction.”   

p

 

90 


 

Semi-annual | The CC2 table below and on the following page provides a reconciliation of the IFRS balance sheet to the balance sheet according to the regulatory scope of consolidation as defined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) and FINMA. Lines in the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation are expanded and referenced where relevant to display all components that are used in the “CC1: Composition of regulatory capital” table. Refer to the “Main legal entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section for more information about the most significant entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation.

 

Semi-annual |

CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation

As of 31.12.21

Balance sheet in

accordance with

IFRS scope

of consolidation

Effect of deconsolidated or proportionally consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation

References1

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

 192,817 

 0 

 

 192,817 

 

Loans and advances to banks

 15,480 

 (103) 

 

 15,377 

 

Receivables from securities financing transactions

 75,012 

 (27) 

 

 74,985 

 

Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments

 30,514 

 

 

 30,514 

 

Loans and advances to customers

 397,761 

 41 

 

 397,802 

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

 26,209 

 (103) 

 

 26,107 

 

Total financial assets measured at amortized cost

 737,794 

 (192) 

 

 737,601 

 

Financial assets at fair value held for trading

 130,821 

 0 

 

 130,821 

 

of which: assets pledged as collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties

 43,397 

 

 

 43,397 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 118,142 

 12 

 

 118,154 

 

Brokerage receivables

 21,839 

 

 

 21,839 

 

Financial assets at fair value not held for trading

 60,080 

 (21,306) 

 

 38,773 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss

 330,882 

 (21,294) 

 

 309,588 

 

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

 8,844 

 (35) 

 

 8,809 

 

Investments in associates

 1,243 

 48 

 

 1,291 

 

of which: goodwill

 23 

 

 

 23 

 4 

Property, equipment and software

 12,888 

 (50) 

 

 12,838 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 6,378 

 (69) 

 

 6,309 

 

of which: goodwill

 6,126 

 

 

 6,126 

 4 

of which: intangible assets

 252 

 (69) 

 

 183 

 5 

Deferred tax assets

 8,876 

 (16) 

 

 8,860 

 

of which: deferred tax assets recognized for tax loss carry-forwards

 4,443 

 (5) 

 

 4,438 

 6 

of which: deferred tax assets on temporary differences                

 4,433 

 (11) 

 

 4,422 

 10 

Other non-financial assets

 10,277 

 (10) 

 

 10,267 

 

of which: net defined benefit pension and other post-employment assets

 302 

 

 

 302 

 8 

Total assets

 1,117,182 

 (21,618) 

 

 1,095,564 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91 


UBS Group | Section 11   Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 

 

 

CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation (continued)

As of 31.12.21

Balance sheet in

accordance with

IFRS scope

of consolidation

Effect of deconsolidated or proportionally consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation

Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation

References1

USD million

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due to banks

 13,101 

 

 

 13,101 

 

Payables from securities financing transactions

 5,533 

 

 

 5,533 

 

Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments

 31,798 

 

 

 31,798 

 

Customer deposits

 542,007 

 16 

 

 542,023 

 

Debt issued measured at amortized cost

 139,155 

 0 

 

 139,154 

 

of which: amount eligible for high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 11,052 

 

 

 11,052 

 9 

of which: amount eligible for low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 2,425 

 

 

 2,425 

 9 

of which: amount eligible for low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital

 4,616 

 

 

 4,616 

 11 

of which: amount eligible for capital instruments subject to phase-out from tier 2 capital

 370 

 

 

 370 

 12 

Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 9,001 

 (1) 

 

 9,000 

 

Total financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

 740,595 

 15 

 

 740,610 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading

 31,688 

 

 

 31,688 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 121,309 

 12 

 

 121,321 

 

Brokerage payables designated at fair value

 44,045 

 

 

 44,045 

 

Debt issued designated at fair value

 73,799 

 0 

 

 73,799 

 

Other financial liabilities designated at fair value

 30,074 

 (21,466) 

 

 8,608 

 

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

 300,916 

 (21,454) 

 

 279,462 

 

Provisions

 3,518 

 (1) 

 

 3,517 

 

Other non-financial liabilities

 11,151 

 (34) 

 

 11,117 

 

of which: amount eligible for high-trigger loss-absorbing capital (Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP)) 2

 1,380 

 

 

 1,380 

 9 

of which: deferred tax liabilities related to goodwill

 310 

 

 

 310 

 4 

of which: deferred tax liabilities related to other intangible assets

 3 

 

 

 3 

 5 

Total liabilities

 1,056,180 

 (21,474) 

 

 1,034,706 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 322 

 

 

 322 

 1 

Share premium

 15,928 

 

 

 15,928 

 1 

Treasury shares

 (4,675) 

 

 

 (4,675) 

 3 

Retained earnings

 43,851 

 (21) 

 

 43,830 

 2 

Other comprehensive income recognized directly in equity, net of tax

 5,236 

 6 

 

 5,242 

 3 

of which: unrealized gains / (losses) from cash flow hedges

 628 

 

 

 628 

 7 

Equity attributable to shareholders

 60,662 

 (16) 

 

 60,646 

 

Equity attributable to non-controlling interests

 340 

 (129) 

 

 211 

 

Total equity

 61,002 

 (144) 

 

 60,858 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 1,117,182 

 (21,618) 

 

 1,095,564 

 

1 References link the lines of this table to the respective reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC1: Composition of regulatory capital” table in this section.    2 IFRS carrying amount of total DCCP liabilities was USD 1,628 million as of 31 December 2021. Refer to the “Compensation” section of our Annual Report 2021 for more information about the DCCP, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

p

 

92 


 

Semi-annual | The CC1 table below and on the following pages provides the composition of capital in the format prescribed by the BCBS and FINMA, and is based on BCBS Basel III rules, unless stated otherwise. Reference is made to items reconciling to the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation as disclosed in the “CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section.


Refer to the documents titled “Capital and total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” and “UBS Group AG consolidated capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt,” available under “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors,  for an overview of the main features of our regulatory capital instruments, as well as the full terms and conditions.

 

Semi-annual |

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital

As of 31.12.21

Amounts

References1

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves

 

 

1

Directly issued qualifying common share (and equivalent for non-joint stock companies) capital plus related stock surplus

 16,250 

 1 

2

Retained earnings

 43,830 

 2 

3

Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)

 566 

 3 

4

Directly issued capital subject to phase-out from CET1 (only applicable to non-joint stock companies)

 

 

5

Common share capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group CET1)

 

 

6

Common Equity Tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments

 60,646 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustments

 

 

7

Prudent valuation adjustments

 (167) 

 

8

Goodwill (net of related tax liability)

 (5,838) 

 4 

9

Other intangibles other than mortgage servicing rights (net of related tax liability)

 (180) 

 5 

10

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability)2

 (4,565) 

 6 

11

Cash flow hedge reserve

 (628) 

 7 

12

Shortfall of provisions to expected losses

 (482) 

 

13

Securitization gain on sale

 

 

14

Gains and losses due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities

 265 

 

15

Defined benefit pension fund net assets

 (270) 

 8 

16

Investments in own shares (if not already subtracted from paid-in capital on reported balance sheet)

 (1,018)3

 9 

17

Reciprocal cross-holdings in common equity

 

 

17a

Qualified holdings where a significant influence is exercised with other owners (CET1 instruments)

 

 

17b

Immaterial investments (CET1 items)

 

 

18

Investments in the capital of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the bank does not own more than 10% of the issued share capital (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

19

Significant investments in the common stock of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

20

Mortgage servicing rights (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

21

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability)

 (49) 

 10 

22

Amount exceeding the 15% threshold

 

 

23

of which: significant investments in the common stock of financials

 

 

24

of which: mortgage servicing rights

 

 

25

of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences

 

 

26

Expected losses on equity investment under the PD / LGD approach

 

 

26a

Further adjustments to financial statements in accordance with a recognized international accounting standard

 (68) 

 

26b

Other adjustments

 (2,365)3

 

27

Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 due to insufficient Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 to cover deductions

 

 

28

Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1

 (15,366) 

 

29

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)

 45,281 

 

 

 

93 


UBS Group | Section 11   Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital (continued)

As of 31.12.21

Amounts

References1

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital: instruments

 

 

30

Directly issued qualifying additional Tier 1 instruments plus related stock surplus

 15,207 

 

31

of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards

 

 

32

of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards

 15,207 

 

33

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from additional Tier 1

 

 

34

Additional Tier 1 instruments (and CET1 instruments not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group AT1)

 

 

35

of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

 

 

36

Additional Tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments

 15,207 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital: regulatory adjustments

 

 

37

Investments in own additional Tier 1 instruments4

 

 

38

Reciprocal cross-holdings in additional Tier 1 instruments

 

 

38a

Qualified holdings where a significant influence is exercised with other owners (AT1 instruments)

 

 

38b

Immaterial investments (AT1 instruments)

 

 

39

Investments in the capital of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the bank does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

40

Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

 

 

41

Other adjustments

 

 

42

Regulatory adjustments applied to additional Tier 1 due to insufficient Tier 2 to cover deductions

 

 

42a

Regulatory adjustments applied to CET1 capital due to insufficient additional Tier 1 to cover deductions

 

 

43

Total regulatory adjustments to additional Tier 1 capital

 

 

44

Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)

 15,207 

 9 

45

Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)

 60,488 

 

 

Tier 2 capital: instruments and provisions

 

 

46

Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus

 1,0695

 11 

47

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase-out from Tier 2

 370 

 12 

48

Tier 2 instruments (and CET1 and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties (amount allowed in group Tier 2)

 

 

49

of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

 

 

50

Provisions

 

 

51

Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments

 1,440 

 

 

Tier 2 capital: regulatory adjustments

 

 

52

Investments in own Tier 2 instruments4

 

11, 12

53

Reciprocal cross-holdings in Tier 2 instruments and other TLAC liabilities

 

 

53a

Qualified holdings where a significant influence is exercised with other owners (T2 instruments and other TLAC instruments)

 

 

53b

Immaterial investments (T2 instruments and other TLAC instruments)

 

 

54

Investments in the capital and other TLAC liabilities of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the bank does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity (amount above 10% threshold)

 

 

55

Significant investments in the capital and other TLAC liabilities of banking, financial and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation (net of eligible short positions)

 

 

56

Other adjustments

 

 

56a

Excess of the adjustments, which are allocated to the AT1 capital

 

 

57

Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital

 

 

58

Tier 2 capital (T2)

 1,440 

 

59

Total regulatory capital (TC = T1 + T2)

 61,928 

 

60

Total risk-weighted assets

 302,209 

 

 

94 


 

CC1: Composition of regulatory capital (continued)

As of 31.12.21

Amounts

References1

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

Capital ratios and buffers

 

 

61

Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 14.98 

 

62

Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 20.02 

 

63

Total capital (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 20.49 

 

64

Institution-specific buffer requirement (capital conservation buffer plus countercyclical buffer requirements plus higher loss absorbency requirement, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)6

 3.52 

 

65

of which: capital conservation buffer requirement

 2.50 

 

66

of which: bank-specific countercyclical buffer requirement

 0.02 

 

67

of which: higher loss absorbency requirement 

 1.00 

 

68

Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements

 10.48 

 

 

Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk weighting)

 

 

72

Non-significant investments in the capital and other TLAC liabilities of other financial entities

 2,111 

 

73

Significant investments in the common stock of financial entities

 1,244 

 

74

Mortgage servicing rights (net of related tax liability)

 

 

75

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability)

 4,533 

 

 

Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2

 

 

76

Provisions eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized approach (prior to application of cap)

 

 

77

Cap on inclusion of provisions in Tier 2 under standardized approach

 

 

78

Provisions eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-based approach (prior to application of cap)

 

 

79

Cap for inclusion of provisions in Tier 2 under internal ratings-based approach

 

 

 

Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements (only applicable between 1 Jan 2018 and 1 Jan 2022) according to CAO Art. 141

 

 

80

Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

 

 

81

Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

 

 

82

Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

 

 

83

Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

 

 

84

Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

 612 

 

85

Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

 

 

1 References link the lines of this table to the respective reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section.    2 IFRS netting for deferred tax assets and liabilities is reversed for items deducted from CET1 capital.    3 Includes USD 700 million in compensation-related charge for regulatory capital purposes.    4 Under IFRS, debt issued and subsequently repurchased is treated as extinguished.    5 Consists of instruments with an IFRS carrying amount of USD 4.6 billion less amortization of instruments where remaining maturity is between one and five years, own instruments held and 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, which are measured at the lower of cost or market value for regulatory capital purposes.    6 BCBS requirements are exceeded by our Swiss SRB requirements. Refer to the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet“ section of our Annual Report 2021 for more information about the Swiss SRB requirements, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

p

95 


UBS Group | Section 11   Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 

Prudent valuation adjustments

Annual | The PV1 table below provides a breakdown of prudent valuation adjustments to common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital. These adjustments are incremental to those made under IFRS, which include adjustments for liquidity and model uncertainty, as well as credit, funding and debit valuation adjustments.

Instruments that are measured as part of a portfolio of combined long and short positions are valued at mid-market levels to ensure consistent valuation of the long and short component risks. A liquidity valuation adjustment is then made to the overall net long or short exposure to move the fair value to bid or offer, as appropriate, reflecting current market liquidity levels.

Uncertainties associated with the use of model-based valuations are incorporated into the measurement of fair value through the use of model reserves. These reserves reflect the amounts that the Group estimates should be deducted from valuations produced directly by models to incorporate uncertainties in the relevant modeling assumptions, in the model and market inputs used, or in the calibration of the model output to adjust for known model deficiencies.

To ensure compliance with the prudent valuation requirements, UBS has established systems, controls and governance around the valuation of positions measured at fair value.

As of 31 December 2021, the prudent valuation adjustment had increased by USD 17 million to USD 167 million compared with the prior year. This was primarily driven by the new prudent valuation adjustments calculated for the credit valuation adjustment (CVA) closeout, starting as of 31 December 2021, which is reported under Unearned credit spreads.

    Refer to “Note 21 Fair value measurement” of our Annual Report 2021 for more information about the valuation adjustments in the financial accounts and related governance

 

 

Annual | 

PV1: Prudent valuation adjustments (PVA)

As of 31.12.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million

Equity

Interest rates

FX

Credit

Commodities

Total

Of which: In the trading book

Of which: In the banking book

1

Closeout uncertainty, of which:

(18)

(91)

0

(34)

0

(143)

(28)

(114)

2

Mid-market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

Closeout cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Concentration

(18)

(91)

0

(34)

0

(143)

(28)

(114)

5

Early termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Model risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Operational risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Investing and funding costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

Unearned credit spreads

0

0

0

(25)

0

(25)

(25)

0

10

Future administrative costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

Total adjustment

(18)

(91)

0

(58)

0

(167)

(53)

(114)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of 31.12.20

1

Closeout uncertainty, of which:

(12)

(102)

0

(37)

0

(150)

(29)

(121)

2

Mid-market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

Closeout cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Concentration

(12)

(102)

0

(37)

0

(150)

(29)

(121)

5

Early termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

Model risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

Operational risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Investing and funding costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

Unearned credit spreads

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Future administrative costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

Total adjustment1

(12)

(102)

0

(37)

0

(150)

(29)

(121)

1 Valuation adjustments recognized already under the financial accounting standards reflect an estimated total life-to-date loss of USD 1,005 million as of 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: USD 960 million), of which valuation adjustments account for an estimated life-to-date loss of USD 342 million (31 December 2020: USD 341 million) for liquidity and of USD 571 million (31 December 2020: USD 479 million) for model uncertainty. Further details are provided in “Note 21 Fair Value measurement” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2021.

p

96 


 

Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity

Resolution group – composition of total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)

Semi-annual | The TLAC1 table below is based on Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) rules, and only applicable to UBS Group AG as the ultimate parent entity of the defined UBS resolution group, to which, in case of resolution, resolution tools (e.g., a bail-in) are expected to be applied.

In the second half of 2021, our eligible additional tier 1 (AT1) instruments decreased by USD 1.4 billion, reflecting a redemption of a USD 1.1 billion AT1 capital instrument and negative effects from foreign currency translation and interest rate risk hedges of USD 0.3 billion.


Our eligible tier 2 (T2) instruments decreased by USD 2.1 billion to USD 3.2 billion as of 31 December 2021, mainly due to a USD 2 billion T2 capital instrument that ceased to be eligible as it had less than one year to maturity.

Non-regulatory capital instruments increased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 41.1 billion as of 31 December 2021, mainly driven by five issuances amounting to a total of USD 5.8 billion denominated in euro, US dollars, pounds sterling and Swiss francs, partly offset by the call of a EUR 1.75 billion TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt, one external TLAC instrument that ceased to be eligible as it had less than one year to maturity amounting to USD 1.4 billion and USD 1.0 billion negative effects from foreign currency translation and interest rate risk hedges.

 

Semi-annual |

TLAC1: TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolution group level)

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

30.6.21

31.12.20

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory capital elements of TLAC and adjustments

 

 

 

 

1

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)

 

 45,281 

 42,583 

 39,890 

2

Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) before TLAC adjustments 

 

 15,207 

 16,605 

 16,288 

3

AT1 ineligible as TLAC as issued out of subsidiaries to third parties

 

 

 

 

4

Other adjustments 

 

 

 

 

5

Total AT1 instruments eligible under the TLAC framework 

 

 15,207 

 16,605 

 16,288 

6

Tier 2 capital (T2) before TLAC adjustments 

 

 1,440 

 1,996 

 5,049 

7

Amortized portion of T2 instruments where remaining maturity > 1 year 

 

 1,735 

 3,286 

 2,787 

8

T2 capital ineligible as TLAC as issued out of subsidiaries to third parties

 

 

 

 

9

Other adjustments 

 

 

 

 

10

Total T2 instruments eligible under the TLAC framework 

 

 3,174 

 5,282 

 7,835 

11

TLAC arising from regulatory capital 

 

 63,662 

 64,470 

 64,013 

 

Non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC 

 

 

 

 

12

External TLAC instruments issued directly by the bank and subordinated to excluded liabilities

 

 

 

 

13

External TLAC instruments issued directly by the bank which are not subordinated to excluded liabilities but meet all other TLAC term sheet requirements

 

 41,120 

 39,878 

 37,801 

14

of which: amount eligible as TLAC after application of the caps

 

 

 

 

15

External TLAC instruments issued by funding vehicles prior to 1 January 2022

 

 

 

 

16

Eligible ex ante commitments to recapitalize a G-SIB in resolution

 

 

 

 

17

TLAC arising from non-regulatory capital instruments before adjustments

 

 41,120 

 39,878 

 37,801 

 

Non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC: adjustments

 

 

 

 

18

TLAC before deductions

 

 104,783 

 104,348 

 101,814 

19

Deductions of exposures between multiple-point-of-entry (MPE) resolution groups that correspond to items eligible for TLAC (not applicable to SPE G-SIBs)

 

 

 

 

20

Deduction of investments in own other TLAC liabilities

 

 

 

 

21

Other adjustments to TLAC 

 

 

 

 

22

TLAC after deductions

 

 104,783 

 104,348 

 101,814 

 

Risk-weighted assets and leverage exposure measure for TLAC purposes

 

 

 

 

23

Total risk-weighted assets adjusted as permitted under the TLAC regime

 

 302,209 

 293,277 

 289,101 

24

Leverage exposure measure1

 

 1,068,862 

 1,039,939 

 1,037,150 

 

TLAC ratios and buffers

 

 

 

 

25

TLAC (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets adjusted as permitted under the TLAC regime)

 

 34.67 

 35.58 

 35.22 

26

TLAC (as a percentage of leverage exposure)1

 

 9.80 

 10.03 

 9.82 

27

CET1 (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets) available after meeting the resolution group’s minimum capital and TLAC requirements

 

 10.48 

 10.02 

 9.30 

28

Institution-specific buffer requirement (capital conservation buffer plus countercyclical buffer requirements plus higher loss absorbency requirement, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

 

 3.52 

 3.52 

 3.52 

29

of which: capital conservation buffer requirement

 

 2.50 

 2.50 

 2.50 

30

of which: bank-specific countercyclical buffer requirement

 

 0.02 

 0.02 

 0.02 

31

of which: higher loss absorbency requirement 

 

 1.00 

 1.00 

 1.00 

1 The leverage ratio exposure and leverage ratio for 31 December 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.

p

 

 

97 


UBS Group | Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity 

Resolution entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semi-annual | The TLAC3 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of the resolution entity, UBS Group AG, on a standalone basis.

UBS Group AG issues loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt.

UBS Group AG grants Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP) awards to UBS Group employees. Awards granted since February 2015 qualify as Basel III AT1 capital on a UBS Group consolidated basis and totaled USD 1,731 million as of 31 December 2021 (30 June 2021: USD 1,766 million). The related liabilities of UBS Group AG on a standalone basis of USD 1,370 million (30 June 2021: USD 1,325 million) are not included in the table below, as these do not give rise to any current claims until the awards are legally vested.


As of 31 December 2021, the TLAC available on a UBS Group AG consolidated basis amounted to USD 104,783 million (30 June 2021: USD 104,348 million).

    Refer to “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at ubs.com/investors  for more information about UBS Group AG standalone for the year ended 31 December 2021

    Refer to “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors,  for more information

    Refer to the “TLAC1: TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolution group level)” table in this section for more information about TLAC for UBS Group AG consolidated

 

 

Semi-annual |

TLAC3: creditor ranking at legal entity level for the resolution entity, UBS Group AG

 

As of 31.12.21

 

Creditor ranking

 

Total

USD million

 

1

2

3

 

 

1

Description of creditor ranking

 

Common shares

(most junior)2

Additional Tier 1

Bail-in debt and pari passu liabilities (most senior)

 

 

2

Total capital and liabilities net of credit risk mitigation1

 

 40,720 

 13,755 

 46,700 

 

 101,175 

3

Subset of row 2 that are excluded liabilities 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total capital and liabilities less excluded liabilities (row 2 minus row 3)

 

 40,720 

 13,7553,4

 46,7006,7

 

 101,175 

5

Subset of row 4 that are potentially eligible as TLAC 

 

 40,720 

 13,350 

 41,4318

 

 95,501 

6

Subset of row 5 with 1 year ≤ residual maturity < 2 years

 

 

 

 6,250 

 

 6,250 

7

Subset of row 5 with 2 years ≤ residual maturity < 5 years

 

 

 

 16,794 

 

 16,794 

8

Subset of row 5 with 5 years ≤ residual maturity < 10 years

 

 

 

 12,662 

 

 12,662 

9

Subset of row 5 with residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluding perpetual securities

 

 

 

 5,725 

 

 5,725 

10

Subset of row 5 that is perpetual securities

 

 40,720 

 13,3505

 

 

 54,070 

1 No credit risk mitigation is applied to capital and liabilities for UBS Group AG standalone.    2 Common shares including the associated reserves are equal to equity attributable to shareholders as disclosed in the UBS Group AG standalone financial statements as of 31 December 2021, which were prepared in accordance with the principles of the Swiss Law on Accounting and Financial Reporting (32nd title of the Swiss Code of Obligations).    3 Includes interest expense accrued on AT1 capital instruments, which is not eligible as TLAC.    4 An AT1 instrument in the amount of USD 1.1 billion was redeemed during the six months ended 31 December 2021.    5 Includes an AT1 instrument in the amount of USD 1.1 billion, the call of which was announced on 13 January 2022 (call date 19 February 2022).    6 Includes interest expense accrued on bail-in debt, interest-bearing liabilities that comprise loans from UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG, negative replacement values, and tax and other liabilities that are not excluded liabilities under Swiss law and that rank pari passu to bail-in debt.    7 Bail-in debt of USD 2 billion was redeemed and bail-in debt of USD 5.9 billion was issued during the six months ended 31 December 2021.    8 Bail-in debt of USD 4.3 billion has a residual maturity of less than one year and is therefore not eligible as TLAC.

p

 

  

98 


 

Section 13  Leverage ratio

Basel III leverage ratio

Quarterly | The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) leverage ratio, as summarized in the “KM1: Key metrics“ table in section 1 of this report, is calculated by dividing the period-end tier 1 capital by the period-end leverage ratio denominator (the LRD).

The LRD consists of IFRS on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items. Derivative exposures are adjusted for a number of items, including replacement values and eligible cash variation margin netting, the current exposure method add-on and net notional amounts for written credit derivatives. The LRD also includes an additional charge for counterparty credit risk related to securities financing transactions (SFTs).

The table below shows the difference between total IFRS assets per IFRS consolidation scope and the BCBS total on-balance sheet exposures. These exposures are the starting point for calculating the BCBS LRD, as shown in the LR2 table in this section. The difference is due to the application of the regulatory scope of consolidation for the purpose of the BCBS calculation. In addition, carrying amounts for derivative financial instruments and SFTs are deducted from IFRS total assets. They are measured differently under BCBS leverage ratio rules and are therefore added back in separate exposure line items in the LR2 table.


Difference between the Swiss SRB and BCBS leverage ratio

Quarterly | The LRD is the same under Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) and BCBS rules. However, there is a difference in the capital numerator between the two frameworks. Under BCBS rules only common equity tier 1 and additional tier 1 capital are included in the numerator. Under Swiss SRB rules we are required to meet going and gone concern leverage ratio requirements. Therefore, depending on the requirement, the numerator includes tier 1 capital instruments, tier 2 capital instruments and / or total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)-eligible senior unsecured debt. p

 

Quarterly |

Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions

USD million

31.12.21

30.9.21

31.12.201

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

IFRS total assets

 1,117,182 

 1,088,773 

 1,125,765 

Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or commercial entities that are consolidated for accounting purposes but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

 (21,618) 

 (21,307) 

 (21,166) 

Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or commercial entities that are outside the scope of consolidation for accounting purposes but consolidated for regulatory purposes

 

 

 

Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet pursuant to the operative accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 

 

Less carrying amount of derivative financial instruments in IFRS total assets2

 (148,669) 

 (152,856) 

 (192,370) 

Less carrying amount of securities financing transactions in IFRS total assets3

 (99,484) 

 (100,171) 

 (105,587) 

Adjustments to accounting values

 

 

 

On-balance sheet items excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions, but including collateral

 847,412 

 814,440 

 806,642 

Asset amounts deducted in determining BCBS Basel III tier 1 capital

 (11,452) 

 (11,565) 

 (12,754) 

Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions)

 835,959 

 802,875 

 793,888 

1 The respective period in 2020 does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    2 The exposures consist of derivative financial instruments and cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments, all of which are in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    3 The exposures consist of receivables from SFTs, margin loans, prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to SFTs, all of which are in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.

p

 

99 


UBS Group | Section 13   Leverage ratio 

Quarterly | During the fourth quarter of 2021, the LRD increased by USD 24 billion to USD 1,069 billion, including currency effects of USD 5 billion. On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) increased by USD 33 billion, mainly driven by higher central bank balances in Group Treasury and lending balances in Personal & Corporate Banking and Global Wealth Management, as well as an increase in trading assets in the Investment Bank. Derivative exposures decreased by USD 9 billion, mainly reflecting lower client volumes and market-driven movements in the Investment Bank. Off-balance sheet items increased by USD 1 billion, mainly due to loan commitments and guarantees in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking.

    Refer to “Leverage ratio denominator” in the “Capital, liquidity

and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for more information

 

 

Quarterly |

LR2: BCBS Basel III leverage ratio common disclosure

USD million, except where indicated

31.12.21

30.9.21

31.12.201

 

 

 

 

 

 

On-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

1

On-balance sheet items excluding derivatives and SFTs, but including collateral

 847,412 

 814,440 

 806,642 

2

(Asset amounts deducted in determining Basel III Tier 1 capital)

 (11,452) 

 (11,565) 

 (12,754) 

3

Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)

 835,959 

 802,875 

 793,888 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative exposures

 

 

 

4

Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (i.e., net of eligible cash variation margin)

 45,332 

 50,712 

 54,049 

5

Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions

 78,959 

 85,073 

 79,901 

6

Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the operative accounting framework

 

 0 

 0 

7

(Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions)

 (18,984) 

 (20,096) 

 (21,420) 

8

(Exempted QCCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures)

 (14,987) 

 (15,947) 

 (16,760) 

9

Adjusted effective notional amount of all written credit derivatives2

 44,243 

 50,580 

 85,274 

10

(Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)3

 (43,629) 

 (49,892) 

 (84,451) 

11

Total derivative exposures

 90,934 

 100,430 

 96,592 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities financing transaction exposures

 

 

 

12

Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sale accounting transactions

 200,921 

 189,625 

 198,077 

13

(Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)

 (101,437) 

 (89,454) 

 (92,490) 

14

CCR exposure for SFT assets

 9,695 

 10,104 

 9,759 

15

Agent transaction exposures

 

 

 

16

Total securities financing transaction exposures

 109,179 

 110,275 

 115,346 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other off-balance sheet exposures

 

 

 

17

Off-balance sheet exposure at gross notional amount

 106,112 

 101,347 

 105,084 

18

(Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts)

 (73,322) 

 (70,011) 

 (73,760) 

19

Total off-balance sheet items

 32,790 

 31,336 

 31,324 

 

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 1,068,862 

 1,044,916 

 1,037,150 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 

 

 

20

Tier 1 capital

 60,488 

 60,369 

 56,178 

21

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 1,068,862 

 1,044,916 

 1,037,150 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio

 

 

 

22

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 5.7 

 5.8 

 5.4 

1 The respective period in 2020 does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    2 Includes protection sold, including agency transactions.    3 Protection sold can be offset with protection bought on the same underlying reference entity, provided that the conditions according to the Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements are met.

p

 

100 


 

Quarterly |

LR1: BCBS Basel III leverage ratio summary comparison

USD million

31.12.21

30.9.21

31.12.201

1

Total consolidated assets as per published financial statements

 1,117,182 

 1,088,773 

 1,125,765 

2

Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or commercial entities that are consolidated for accounting purposes but outside the scope of regulatory consolidation2

 (33,070) 

 (32,872) 

 (33,919) 

3

Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet pursuant to the operative accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 

 

4

Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

 (57,734) 

 (52,426) 

 (95,778) 

5

Adjustment for securities financing transactions (i.e., repos and similar secured lending)

 9,695 

 10,104 

 9,759 

6

Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e., conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)

 32,790 

 31,336 

 31,324 

7

Other adjustments

 

 

 

8

Leverage ratio exposure (leverage ratio denominator)

 1,068,862 

 1,044,916 

 1,037,150 

1 The respective period in 2020 does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    2 Includes assets that are deducted from tier 1 capital.

p

101 


UBS Group | Section 14   Liquidity and funding 

 

Section 14  Liquidity and funding

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | We monitor the liquidity coverage ratio (the LCR) in all significant currencies in order to manage any currency mismatch between high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) and the net expected cash outflows in times of stress.

 

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

Annual Report 2021 section

Disclosure

Annual Report 2021 page number

Concentration of funding sources

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

Balance sheet and off-balance sheet: Liabilities by product and currency

172

Concentration of funding sources

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

Liquidity and funding management:
Funding management

165-166

Currency mismatch in the LCR

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

Liquidity and funding management:
Liquidity coverage ratio

166

 

High-quality liquid assets

Quarterly | HQLA must be easily and immediately convertible into cash at little or no loss of value, especially during a period of stress. HQLA are assets that are of low risk and are unencumbered. Other characteristics of HQLA are ease and certainty of valuation, low correlation with risky assets, listing of the assets on a developed and recognized exchange, existence of an active and sizable market for the assets, and low volatility. Our HQLA predominantly consist of assets that qualify as Level 1 in the LCR framework, including cash, central bank reserves and government bonds.

 

 

Quarterly |

High-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

 

 

Average 4Q211

 

Average 3Q211

USD billion

 

Level 1

weighted

liquidity

value2

Level 2

weighted

liquidity

value2

Total

weighted

liquidity

value2

 

Level 1

weighted

liquidity

value2

Level 2

weighted

liquidity

value2

Total

weighted

liquidity

value2

Cash balances3

 

 151 

 

 151 

 

 154 

 

 154 

Securities (on- and off-balance sheet)

 

 59 

 18 

 77 

 

 59 

 17 

 76 

Total HQLA4

 

 210 

 18 

 228 

 

 213 

 17 

 231 

1 Calculated based on an average of 66 data points in the fourth quarter of 2021 and 65 data points in the third quarter of 2021.    2 Calculated after the application of haircuts and, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets.    3 Includes cash and balances with central banks and other eligible balances as prescribed by FINMA.    4 Calculated in accordance with FINMA requirements.

p

 

102 


 

LCR development during the fourth quarter of 2021

Quarterly | In the fourth quarter of 2021, the UBS Group quarterly average LCR decreased 2 percentage points to 155%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).


The average LCR decrease was driven by a decrease in average high-quality liquid assets of USD 3 billion to USD 228 billion, driven by matured unsecured debt issued. Average net cash outflows were unchanged at USD 147 billion. 

 

Quarterly |

LIQ1: Liquidity coverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average 4Q211

 

Average 3Q211

USD billion, except where indicated

 

Unweighted value

Weighted value2

 

Unweighted value

Weighted value2

 

High-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

1

Total HQLA

 

 231 

 228 

 

 234 

 231 

 

Cash outflows

2

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers

 

 292 

 33 

 

 290 

 33 

3

of which: stable deposits

 

 41 

 1 

 

 41 

 1 

4

of which: less stable deposits

 

 251 

 32 

 

 249 

 31 

5

Unsecured wholesale funding

 

 245 

 124 

 

 243 

 127 

6

of which: operational deposits (all counterparties)

 

 56 

 14 

 

 54 

 13 

7

of which: non-operational deposits (all counterparties)

 

 180 

 102 

 

 176 

 101 

8

of which: unsecured debt

 

 9 

 9 

 

 13 

 13 

9

Secured wholesale funding

 

 

 77 

 

 

 75 

10

Additional requirements

 

 99 

 29 

 

 93 

 27 

11

of which: outflows related to derivatives and other transactions

 

 56 

 19 

 

 52 

 18 

12

of which: outflows related to loss of funding on debt products3

 

 0 

 0 

 

 0 

 0 

13

of which: committed credit and liquidity facilities

 

 43 

 9 

 

 41 

 9 

14

Other contractual funding obligations

 

 10 

 8 

 

 11 

 10 

15

Other contingent funding obligations

 

 221 

 4 

 

 224 

 4 

16

Total cash outflows

 

 

 275 

 

 

 275 

 

Cash inflows

17

Secured lending

 

 246 

 82 

 

 247 

 83 

18

Inflows from fully performing exposures

 

 70 

 31 

 

 72 

 32 

19

Other cash inflows

 

 16 

 16 

 

 13 

 13 

20

Total cash inflows

 

 332 

 129 

 

 332 

 128 

 

 

 

 

Average 4Q211

 

Average 3Q211

USD billion, except where indicated

 

 

Total adjusted value4

 

 

Total adjusted value4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)

21

Total HQLA

 

 

 228 

 

 

 231 

22

Total net cash outflows

 

 

 147 

 

 

 147 

23

LCR (%)

 

 

 155 

 

 

 157 

1 Calculated based on an average of 66 data points in the fourth quarter of 2021 and 65 data points in the third quarter of 2021.    2 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates.    3 Includes outflows related to loss of funding on asset-backed securities, covered bonds, other structured financing instruments, asset-backed commercial papers, structured entities (conduits), securities investment vehicles and other such financing facilities.    4 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash inflows.

p

 

103 


UBS Group | Section 14   Liquidity and funding 

Liquidity risk management

Annual | The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures related to risks resulting from liquidity and funding

activities that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

 

Annual |

LIQA: Liquidity risk management

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement

 

Annual Report 2021 section

 

Disclosure

 

Annual Report 2021 page number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity risk management, including risk tolerance and target / limit setting, monitoring and reporting, including policies and practices, as well as governance and governance structure

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Liquidity and funding management: Strategy, objectives and governance

 

164

Funding risk strategy and management: objective, diversification of funding sources, limits and targets approach

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Liquidity and funding management: Funding management

 

165–166

Liquidity risk management and strategy: objective, diversification of liquid assets, limits and targets approach

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Liquidity and funding management: Liquidity management

 

164–165

Stress testing approach and stress scenario description

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Liquidity and funding management: Stress testing

 

110–111

Contingency funding plan

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Liquidity and funding management:

Contingency funding plan

 

165

Asset encumbrance (encumbered, unencumbered and assets that cannot be pledged as collateral);

unencumbered assets by currency

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Balance sheet and off-balance sheet: Asset encumbrance

Unencumbered assets available to secure funding on a Group and / or legal entity level by currency

 

169

 

 

 

Limitations on the transferability of liquidity

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Liquidity and funding management / Liquidity coverage ratio: Trapped liquidity at Group level (High-quality liquid assets paragraph)

 

166

Maturity of assets and liabilities to provide a view on the balance sheet and off-balance sheet structure

 

Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet

 

Balance sheet and off-balance sheet: Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

 

173

p

 

104 


 

Net Stable Funding ratio

The NSFR regulation was finalized in the fourth quarter of 2020 with the release of the revised FINMA Circular 2015/2 “Liquidity risks – banks” and became effective 1 July 2021.

    Refer to “Liquidity and funding management” in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors 

 


NSFR development during the fourth quarter of 2021

Semi-annual | In the fourth quarter of 2021, the NSFR of UBS Group increased 1 percentage point to 119%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by FINMA. This reflected a USD 19 billion increase in available stable funding, mainly driven by higher retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, partly offset by an increase in required stable funding of USD 15 billion, mainly reflecting higher performing loans and securities.

 

Semi-annual |

LIQ2: Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.9.21

 

 

Unweighted value by residual maturity

 

 

 

Unweighted value by residual maturity

 

 

USD billion

No Maturity

< 6 months

6 months to < 1 year

≥ 1 year

 

Weighted Value

 

No Maturity

< 6 months

6 months to < 1 year

≥ 1 year

 

Weighted Value

Available Stable Funding (ASF) Item

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Capital:

61

 

 

15

 

76

 

60

 

 

15

 

76

2

Regulatory Capital

61

 

 

15

 

76

 

60

 

 

15

 

76

3

Other Capital Instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers:

 

304

0

4

 

280

 

 

294

0

2

 

269

5

Stable deposits

 

41

0

 

 

39

 

 

40

 

 

 

38

6

Less stable deposits

 

262

0

4

 

240

 

 

254

0

2

 

231

7

Wholesale Funding:

 

361

40

104

 

221

 

 

345

38

102

 

212

8

Operational Deposits

 

57

 

 

 

28

 

 

54

 

 

 

27

9

Other wholesale funding

 

305

40

104

 

192

 

 

291

38

102

 

185

10

Liabilities with matching interdependent assets

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

11

Other liabilities:1

33

71

0

2

 

2

 

36

95

0

5

 

2

12

NSFR derivative liabilities

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

All other liabilities and equity not included in the above categories

33

71

0

1

 

2

 

36

95

0

5

 

2

14

Total ASF

 

 

 

 

 

578

 

 

 

 

 

 

559

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

16

Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes

 

10

 

 

 

5

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

17

Performing loans and securities:

44

200

29

314

 

372

 

40

201

31

301

 

355

18

Performing loans to financial institutions secured by Level 1 HQLA or Level 2a HQLA

 

35

0

0

 

13

 

 

36

0

0

 

10

19

Performing loans to financial institutions secured by Level 2b HQLA or non-HQLA and unsecured performing loans to financial institutions

 

82

6

27

 

46

 

 

82

6

26

 

45

20

Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, central banks and PSEs, of which:

 

69

12

115

 

137

 

 

69

13

104

 

129

21

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under Basel II standardized approach for credit risk

 

 

 

6

 

5

 

 

 

 

6

 

4

22

Performing residential mortgages, of which:

 

11

9

144

 

112

 

 

11

9

146

 

113

23

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under Basel II standardized approach for credit risk

 

10

8

129

 

98

 

 

10

9

131

 

100

24

Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities

44

3

2

27

 

63

 

40

3

2

26

 

58

25

Assets with matching interdependent liabilities

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

26

Other assets:2

38

22

0

72

 

80

 

37

55

0

73

 

82

27

Physical traded commodities, including gold

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

0

28

Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs

 

23

 

19

 

 

20

 

17

29

NSFR derivative assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

30

NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted

 

36

 

7

 

 

35

 

7

31

All other assets not included in the above categories

37

22

0

14

 

54

 

36

55

0

15

 

56

32

Off-balance sheet items

 

14

7

33

 

3

 

 

14

6

32

 

3

33

Total RSF

 

 

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

473

34

Net Stable Funding Ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

1 The ≥ 1 year maturity bucket includes balances reported in row 12 for which differentiation by maturity is not required.    2 The ≥ 1 year maturity bucket includes balances reported in rows 28, 29 and 30 for which differentiation by maturity is not required.

p

105 


UBS Group | Section 15   Remuneration 

 

Section 15  Remuneration

Annual | Pillar 3 disclosures on remuneration are separately provided on pages 203 and 222-266 in our Annual Report 2021, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors

 

 

  

106 


 

Section 16  Requirements for global systemically important banks and related indicators

Semi-annual | The Financial Stability Board (the FSB) has determined that UBS is a global systemically important bank (a G-SIB), using an indicator-based methodology adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS). Banks that qualify as G-SIBs are required to disclose 12 indicators for assessing the systemic importance of G-SIBs as defined by the BCBS. These indicators are used for the G-SIB score calculation and cover five categories: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, substitutability / financial institution infrastructure, and complexity.

Based on the published indicators, G-SIBs are subject to additional common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital buffer requirements in the range from 1.0% to 3.5%. In November 2021, the FSB confirmed that, based on the year-end 2020 indicators, the additional CET1 capital buffer requirement for UBS Group will remain at 1.0%. As our Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) Basel III capital requirements exceed the BCBS requirements, including the G-SIB buffer, we are not affected by these additional G-SIB requirements.

In July 2018, the BCBS published a revised version of its assessment methodology. This will come into effect in 2022, based on year-end 2021 data, with the corresponding capital buffer requirement applied as of January 2024. We do not expect these changes to increase our additional CET1 capital buffer requirement.

The BCBS introduced a leverage ratio buffer for G-SIBs as a part of the finalization of the Basel III framework announced in December 2017. The leverage ratio buffer is set at 50% of risk-weighted higher-loss absorbency requirements. The revised BCBS standards will take effect from 1 January 2023. We do not expect these changes to increase our additional CET1 capital buffer requirement.

We provide our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2020 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors. Our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2021 will be published in July 2022 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors.

 

  

107 


 

 


 

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 1   Introduction 

 

Section 1  Introduction

Quarterly | The sections on the following pages include capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2021 for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated. Capital information in the following sections is based on Pillar 1 capital requirements. Entities may be subject to significant additional Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and are agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the respective entity.

 

 

  

110 


 

 

Section 2  UBS AG standalone

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2021

Quarterly | The table on the following page is based on Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Basel III rules.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by USD 1.6 billion to USD 52.8 billion, mainly due to operating profit before tax, partly offset by additional accruals for capital returns to UBS Group AG. Tier 1 capital increased by USD 1.4 billion to USD 66.7 billion, primarily driven by the aforementioned increase in CET1 capital, partly offset by interest rate risk hedge effects. Total capital increased by USD 1.4 billion to USD 68.1 billion, reflecting the aforementioned increase in tier 1 capital.

Phase-in risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by USD 0.8 billion to USD 317.9 billion during the fourth quarter of 2021, primarily driven by decreases in market risk and, to a lesser extent, operational risk RWA, partly offset by increases in credit and counterparty credit risk and participation RWA.

Leverage ratio exposure decreased by USD 4 billion to USD 594 billion, mainly driven by lower derivative exposures and securities financing transactions, partly offset by increases in lending balances and trading assets.


Correspondingly, our CET1 capital ratio increased 0.5 percentage points to 16.6%, predominantly reflecting the increase in CET1 capital. Our Basel III leverage ratio increased 0.3 percentage points to 11.2%, due to the increase in tier 1 capital and lower leverage ratio exposure.

In the fourth quarter of 2021, the UBS AG liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) was 173%, remaining above the prudential requirements communicated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). The average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) decreased by USD 2.8 billion to USD 89.5 billion, driven by matured unsecured debt issued. Average total net cash outflows increased by USD 1.5 billion to USD 52.2 billion

As of 31 December 2021, the net stable funding ratio (NSFR) of UBS AG was 89%, remaining above the prudential requirements communicated by FINMA. The available stable funding increased by USD 6.7 billion to USD 258 billion, mainly due to an increase in customer deposits and debt issued designated at fair value. Required stable funding increased by USD 5.5 billion to USD 289 billion, mainly due to higher lending and an increase in the trading portfolio.

 

 

111 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 2   UBS AG standalone 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

31.12.21

30.9.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.3.21

 

31.12.20

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

 

 52,818 

 51,233 

 

 51,279 

 

 50,223 

 

 50,269 

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET11

 

 52,803 

 51,217 

 

 51,255 

 

 50,189 

 

 50,266 

2

Tier 1

 

 66,658 

 65,211 

 

 66,487 

 

 64,652 

 

 64,699 

2a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 11

 

 66,643 

 65,195 

 

 66,463 

 

 64,618 

 

 64,696 

3

Total capital

 

 68,054 

 66,639 

 

 68,421 

 

 67,126 

 

 69,639 

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital1

 

 68,039 

 66,624 

 

 68,398 

 

 67,091 

 

 69,636 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 317,913 

 318,755 

 

 319,195 

 

 317,824 

 

 305,575 

4a

Minimum capital requirement3

 

 25,433 

 25,500 

 

 25,536 

 

 25,426 

 

 24,446 

4b

Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor)

 

 317,913 

 318,755 

 

 319,195 

 

 317,824 

 

 305,575 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

CET1 ratio (%)

 

 16.61 

 16.07 

 

 16.06 

 

 15.80 

 

 16.45 

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1 ratio (%)1

 

 16.61 

 16.07 

 

 16.06 

 

 15.79 

 

 16.45 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 20.97 

 20.46 

 

 20.83 

 

 20.34 

 

 21.17 

6a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 1 ratio (%)1

 

 20.96 

 20.45 

 

 20.82 

 

 20.33 

 

 21.17 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 21.41 

 20.91 

 

 21.44 

 

 21.12 

 

 22.79 

7a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)1

 

 21.40 

 20.90 

 

 21.43 

 

 21.11 

 

 22.79 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (%)

 

 2.50 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 0.02 

 0.02 

 

 0.02 

 

 0.02 

 

 0.01 

9a

Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1 specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.52 

 2.52 

 

 2.52 

 

 2.52 

 

 2.51 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)

 

 12.11 

 11.57 

 

 11.56 

 

 11.30 

 

 11.95 

Basel III leverage ratio5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 593,868 

 597,542 

 

 606,536 

 

 611,022 

 

 595,017 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 

 11.22 

 10.91 

 

 10.96 

 

 10.58 

 

 10.87 

14a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)1

 

 11.22 

 10.91 

 

 10.96 

 

 10.58 

 

 10.87 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

 

 89,488 

 92,333 

 

 88,964 

 

 82,041 

 

 83,905 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 52,229 

 50,733 

 

 50,537 

 

 47,927 

 

 52,851 

16a

of which: cash outflows

 

 163,207 

 167,240 

 

170,847

 

171,815

 

166,097

16b

of which: cash inflows

 

 110,978 

 116,507 

 

120,310

 

123,889

 

113,246

17

LCR (%)

 

 173 

 183 

 

 176 

 

 172 

 

 159 

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Total available stable funding

 

 257,992 

 251,277 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

Total required stable funding

 

 289,195 

 283,682 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

NSFR (%)

 

 89 

 89 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    2 Based on phase-in rules for RWA. Refer to “Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information” on the next page for more information.    3 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    4 Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information for UBS AG standalone are provided on the following pages in this section.    5 The temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 had no net effect on UBS AG standalone in 2020. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” and “UBS AG standalone” sections of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    6 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash inflows. Calculated based on an average of 66 data points in the fourth quarter of 2021 and 65 data points in the third quarter of 2021. For the prior quarter data points, please refer to the respective Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    7 In accordance with Art. 17h para. 3 and 4 of the Liquidity Ordinance, UBS AG standalone is required to maintain a minimum NSFR of at least 80% without taking into account excess funding of UBS Switzerland AG and 100% after taking into account such excess funding. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information.

p

112 


 

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

UBS AG standalone is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis.

The capital requirements based on RWA include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 10.02%, including a countercyclical buffer of 0.02%, and a total going concern capital requirement of 14.32%, including a countercyclical buffer of 0.02%. The capital requirements based on the leverage ratio denominator (the LRD) include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 3.5% and a total going concern leverage ratio requirement of 5.0%.

CET1 and high-trigger additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments are eligible as going concern capital. As of 31 December 2021, two remaining outstanding low-trigger AT1 capital instruments, amounting to USD 2.4 billion, that were on-lent from UBS Group AG to UBS AG qualify as going concern capital, as agreed with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).

From 1 January 2020, UBS AG standalone is subject to a gone concern capital requirement based on the sum of: (i) its third-party exposure on a standalone basis; (ii) a buffer requirement equal to 30% of the Group’s gone concern capital requirement on UBS AG’s consolidated exposure; and (iii) the nominal value of the gone concern instruments issued by UBS entities and held by the parent bank. A transitional period until 2024 has been granted for the buffer requirement. The gone concern capital coverage ratio reflects how much gone concern capital is available to meet the gone concern requirement. Outstanding high- and low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments, non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital instruments and total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments are eligible to meet gone concern requirements until one year before maturity.

FINMA granted relief concerning the regulatory capital requirements of UBS AG on a standalone basis by means of decrees issued on 20 December 2013 and 20 October 2017, the latter effective as of 1 July 2017 and partly replacing the former.  

For direct and indirect investments, including the holding of regulatory capital instruments of UBS AG by subsidiaries that are active in banking and finance, the FINMA decree introduced a risk-weighting approach, with a phase-in period until 1 January 2028. Starting from 1 July 2017, these investments were risk-weighted at 200%. From 1 January 2019 onward, the risk weights are being gradually raised by 5 percentage points per year for Switzerland-domiciled investments and by 20 percentage points per year for foreign-domiciled investments until the fully applied risk weights are 250% and 400%, respectively. As of 31 December 2021, the applicable phase-in risk weights are 215% for Switzerland-domiciled investments and 260% for foreign-domiciled investments.

    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information about the reactivation of the Swiss Countercyclical Buffer

    Refer to “Additional information” in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021 for more information about the joint liability of UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG

 

 

113 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 2   UBS AG standalone 

Quarterly | The tables below and on the next page provide details of the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) RWA- and leverage ratio denominator (LRD)-based going and gone concern requirements and information as required by FINMA; details regarding eligible gone concern instruments are provided on the next page.

 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

As of 31.12.21

 

RWA, phase-in

 

RWA, fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

LRD

USD million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

in%

 

 

in %

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 14.321

 45,513 

 

 14.321

 54,822 

 

 5.001

 29,693 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 10.02 

 31,843 

 

 10.02 

 38,356 

 

 3.50 

 20,785 

of which: minimum capital

 

 4.50 

 14,306 

 

 4.50 

 17,232 

 

 1.50 

 8,908 

of which: buffer capital

 

 5.50 

 17,485 

 

 5.50 

 21,061 

 

 2.00 

 11,877 

of which: countercyclical buffer

 

 0.02 

 52 

 

 0.02 

 62 

 

 

 

Maximum additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.30 

 13,670 

 

 4.30 

 16,466 

 

 1.50 

 8,908 

of which: additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.50 

 11,127 

 

 3.50 

 13,403 

 

 1.50 

 8,908 

of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital

 

 0.80 

 2,543 

 

 0.80 

 3,063 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 20.97 

 66,658 

 

 17.41 

 66,658 

 

 11.22 

 66,658 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 16.61 

 52,818 

 

 13.79 

 52,818 

 

 8.89 

 52,818 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.35 

 13,840 

 

 3.61 

 13,840 

 

 2.33 

 13,840 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.59 

 11,414 

 

 2.98 

 11,414 

 

 1.92 

 11,414 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 0.76 

 2,426 

 

 0.63 

 2,426 

 

 0.41 

 2,426 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 317,913 

 

 

 382,934 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 593,868 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required gone concern capital2

 

Higher of RWA- or LRD-based

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 39,502 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 44,250 

 

 

 

 

 

Gone concern capital coverage ratio

 

 112.02 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.44% for RWA and 0.50% for LRD.    2 A maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of the minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital.

p

 

114 


 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information

USD million, except where indicated

 

31.12.21

 

30.9.21

31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 66,658 

 

 65,211 

 64,699 

Total tier 1 capital

 

 66,658 

 

 65,211 

 64,699 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 52,818 

 

 51,233 

 50,269 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 13,840 

 

 13,978 

 14,430 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 11,414 

 

 11,509 

 11,854 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 2,426 

 

 2,469 

 2,575 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 44,250 

 

 42,412 

 45,520 

Total tier 2 capital

 

 3,129 

 

 3,170 

 7,719 

of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital

 

 2,594 

 

 2,635 

 7,184 

of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital

 

 535 

 

 534 

 535 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 41,120 

 

 39,242 

 37,801 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 110,908 

 

 107,623 

 110,219 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominators for going and gone concern ratios

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets phase-in

 

 317,913 

 

 318,755 

 305,575 

of which: investments in Swiss-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 38,935 

 

 38,227 

 38,370 

of which: investments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 108,982 

 

 108,837 

 99,635 

Risk-weighted assets fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

 382,934 

 

 383,582 

 379,307 

of which: investments in Swiss-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 45,273 

 

 44,450 

 45,678 

of which: investments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries1

 

 167,664 

 

 167,442 

 166,058 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 593,868 

 

 597,542 

 595,0172

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern capital ratio, phase-in

 

 21.0 

 

 20.5 

 21.2 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio, phase-in

 

 16.6 

 

 16.1 

 16.5 

Going concern capital ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

 17.4 

 

 17.0 

 17.1 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.28

 

 13.8 

 

 13.4 

 13.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratios (%)2

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern leverage ratio

 

 11.2 

 

 10.9 

 10.9 

of which: common equity tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 8.9 

 

 8.6 

 8.4 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital coverage ratio (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Gone concern capital coverage ratio

 

 112.0 

 

 110.2 

 135.7 

1 Net exposure for direct and indirect investments including holding of regulatory capital instruments in Switzerland-domiciled subsidiaries (31 December 2021: USD 18,109 million; 30 September 2021: USD 17,780 million; 31 December 2020: USD 18,271 million) and for direct and indirect investments including holding of regulatory capital instruments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries (31 December 2021: USD 41,916 million; 30 September 2021: USD 41,860 million; 31 December 2020: USD 41,515 million) are risk-weighted at 215% and 260%, respectively, for the current year (31 December 2020: 210% and 240%, respectively). Risk weights will gradually increase by 5 percentage points per year for Swiss-domiciled investments and 20 percentage points per year for foreign-domiciled investments until the fully applied risk weights of 250% and 400%, respectively, are applied.    2 The temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 had no net effect on UBS AG standalone in 2020. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” and “UBS AG standalone” sections of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.

p

 

 

115 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 2   UBS AG standalone 

Leverage ratio information

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

USD billion

 

31.12.21

30.9.21

31.12.201

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

Swiss GAAP total assets

 

 509.9 

 508.8 

 509.0 

Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets

 

 125.0 

 121.5 

 160.0 

Less: derivative exposures and SFTs2

 

 (216.4) 

 (225.2) 

 (271.8) 

Less: funding provided to significant regulated subsidiaries eligible as gone concern capital

 

 (21.8) 

 (20.8) 

 (20.2) 

On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs)

 

 396.7 

 384.2 

 377.0 

Derivative exposures

 

 89.7 

 103.6 

 98.2 

Securities financing transactions

 

 85.4 

 88.6 

 99.4 

Off-balance sheet items

 

 23.7 

 22.5 

 21.6 

Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital

 

 (1.6) 

 (1.4) 

 (1.2) 

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 

 593.9 

 597.5 

 595.0 

1 The temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 had no net effect on UBS AG standalone.    2 The exposures consist of derivative financial instruments, cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments, receivables from SFTs, and margin loans, as well as prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to SFTs. These exposures are presented separately under Derivative exposures and Securities financing transactions in this table.

p

 

  

116 


 

Section 3  UBS Switzerland AG standalone

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2021

Quarterly | The table below is based on Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Basel III rules.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by CHF 0.4 billion to CHF 12.6 billion, mainly reflecting operating profit that was partly offset by additional accruals for dividends. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by CHF 3.5 billion to CHF 106.4 billion, primarily due to a decrease in the RWA floor adjustment, mainly driven by refined collateral allocation. Leverage ratio exposure increased by CHF 1 billion to CHF 340 billion, mainly driven by higher cash and balances at central banks and lending balances.

In the fourth quarter of 2021, the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) of UBS Switzerland AG, which is a Swiss SRB, was 143%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) in connection with the Swiss Emergency Plan. Average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) decreased by CHF 1.0 billion to CHF 91.3 billion, driven by lower average cash balances due to a net deposit decrease. Average total net cash outflows decreased by CHF 0.4 billion to CHF 64.1 billion

As of 31 December 2021, the net stable funding ratio (NSFR) of UBS Switzerland AG was 142%, remaining above the prudential requirements communicated by FINMA. The available stable funding decreased by CHF 4.4 billion to CHF 225 billion, mainly due to a decrease in customer deposits. Required stable funding increased by CHF 1.2 billion to CHF 158 billion, mainly due to higher lending.

 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHF million, except where indicated

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.9.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.3.21

 

31.12.20

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

 

 12,609 

 

 12,199 

 

 12,312 

 

 12,417 

 

 12,234 

1a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET11

 

 12,608 

 

 12,198 

 

 12,311 

 

 12,416 

 

 12,233 

2

Tier 1

 

 17,996 

 

 17,596 

 

 17,705 

 

 17,819 

 

 17,410 

2a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 11

 

 17,995 

 

 17,595 

 

 17,704 

 

 17,818 

 

 17,409 

3

Total capital

 

 17,996 

 

 17,596 

 

 17,705 

 

 17,819 

 

 17,410 

3a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital1

 

 17,995 

 

 17,595 

 

 17,704 

 

 17,818 

 

 17,409 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 106,399 

 

 109,941 

 

 109,602 

 

 110,194 

 

 107,253 

4a

Minimum capital requirement2

 

 8,512 

 

 8,795 

 

 8,768 

 

 8,816 

 

 8,580 

4b

Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor)

 

 93,437 

 

 93,839 

 

 93,853 

 

 93,149 

 

 92,164 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

CET1 ratio (%)

 

 11.85 

 

 11.10 

 

 11.23 

 

 11.27 

 

 11.41 

5a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1 ratio (%)1

 

 11.85 

 

 11.10 

 

 11.23 

 

 11.27 

 

 11.41 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 16.91 

 

 16.00 

 

 16.15 

 

 16.17 

 

 16.23 

6a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Tier 1 ratio (%)1

 

 16.91 

 

 16.00 

 

 16.15 

 

 16.17 

 

 16.23 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 16.91 

 

 16.00 

 

 16.15 

 

 16.17 

 

 16.23 

7a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)1

 

 16.91 

 

 16.00 

 

 16.15 

 

 16.17 

 

 16.23 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (%)

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

 

 2.50 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 0.02 

 

 0.02 

 

 0.02 

 

 0.02 

 

 0.01 

9a

Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1 specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.52 

 

 2.52 

 

 2.52 

 

 2.52 

 

 2.51 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)

 

 7.35 

 

 6.60 

 

 6.73 

 

 6.77 

 

 6.91 

Basel III leverage ratio4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 339,788 

 

 338,636 

 

 341,991 

 

 344,925 

 

 335,251 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)

 

 5.30 

 

 5.20 

 

 5.18 

 

 5.17 

 

 5.19 

14a

Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)1

 

 5.30 

 

 5.20 

 

 5.18 

 

 5.17 

 

 5.19 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

 

 91,304 

 

 92,341 

 

 97,744 

 

 96,366 

 

 91,909 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 64,084 

 

 64,491 

 

 65,177 

 

 65,829 

 

 62,074 

16a

of which: cash outflows

 

 88,771 

 

 89,154 

 

93,457

 

94,489

 

89,430

16b

of which: cash inflows

 

 24,687 

 

 24,663 

 

28,280

 

28,660

 

27,355

17

LCR (%)

 

 143 

 

 143 

 

 150 

 

 146 

 

 148 

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Total available stable funding

 

 225,239 

 

 229,666 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

Total required stable funding

 

 158,072 

 

 156,849 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

NSFR (%)

 

 142 

 

 146 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital – banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information for UBS Switzerland AG are provided on the next page.    4 The leverage ratio exposure and leverage ratios for the respective period in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” and “UBS Switzerland AG standalone” sections of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    5 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash inflows. Calculated based on an average of 66 data points in the fourth quarter of 2021 and 65 data points in the third quarter of 2021. For the prior quarter data points, please refer to the respective Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    6 UBS Switzerland AG is required to maintain a minimum NSFR of at least 100% on an ongoing basis as defined by Art. 17h para. 1 of the Liquidity Ordinance. A portion of the excess funding is needed to fulfill the NSFR requirement of UBS AG. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information.

p

 

117 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 3   UBS Switzerland AG standalone 

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

Quarterly | UBS Switzerland AG is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis. As of 31 December 2021, the going concern capital and leverage ratio requirements for UBS Switzerland AG standalone were 14.32%, including a countercyclical buffer of 0.02%, and 5.00%, respectively.

The gone concern requirements were 8.87% for the RWA-based requirement and 3.10% for the leverage ratio denominator (LRD)-based requirement. 


The Swiss SRB framework and requirements applicable to UBS Switzerland AG standalone are the same as those applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated, with the exception of a lower gone concern requirement, corresponding to 62% of the Group’s gone concern requirement (before applicable reductions).

    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for more information about the reactivation of the Swiss countercyclical buffer

    Refer to “Additional information” in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2021 for more information about the joint liability of UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG

 

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

As of 31.12.21

 

RWA

 

LRD

CHF million, except where indicated

 

in %

 

 

in %

 

Required going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 14.321

 15,237 

 

 5.001

 16,989 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 10.02 

 10,661 

 

 3.50 

 11,893 

of which: minimum capital

 

 4.50 

 4,788 

 

 1.50 

 5,097 

of which: buffer capital

 

 5.50 

 5,852 

 

 2.00 

 6,796 

of which: countercyclical buffer

 

 0.02 

 21 

 

 

 

Maximum additional tier 1 capital

 

 4.30 

 4,575 

 

 1.50 

 5,097 

of which: additional tier 1 capital

 

 3.50 

 3,724 

 

 1.50 

 5,097 

of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital

 

 0.80 

 851 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 16.91 

 17,996 

 

 5.30 

 17,996 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 11.85 

 12,609 

 

 3.71 

 12,609 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 5.06 

 5,387 

 

 1.59 

 5,387 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 5.06 

 5,387 

 

 1.59 

 5,387 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required gone concern capital2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 8.87 

 9,433 

 

 3.10 

 10,533 

of which: base requirement

 

 7.97 

 8,483 

 

 2.79 

 9,480 

of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD

 

 0.89 

 950 

 

 0.31 

 1,053 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 10.20 

 10,853 

 

 3.19 

 10,853 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 10.20 

 10,853 

 

 3.19 

 10,853 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Required total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 23.19 

 24,670 

 

 8.10 

 27,523 

Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 27.11 

 28,849 

 

 8.49 

 28,849 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 

 106,399 

 

 

 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 339,788 

1 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.44% for RWA and 0.50% for LRD.    2 A maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of the minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital.   

p

 

 

118 


 

Swiss SRB loss-absorbing capacity

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information

CHF million, except where indicated

 

31.12.21

 

30.9.21

31.12.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible going concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total going concern capital

 

 17,996 

 

 17,596 

 17,410 

Total tier 1 capital

 

 17,996 

 

 17,596 

 17,410 

Common equity tier 1 capital

 

 12,609 

 

 12,199 

 12,234 

Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 5,387 

 

 5,396 

 5,176 

of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital

 

 5,387 

 

 5,396 

 5,176 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible gone concern capital

 

 

 

 

 

Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity

 

 10,853 

 

 10,876 

 10,824 

TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt

 

 10,853 

 

 10,876 

 10,824 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 

 

 

 

Total loss-absorbing capacity

 

 28,849 

 

 28,472 

 28,234 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

 106,399 

 

 109,941 

 107,253 

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 339,788 

 

 338,636 

 335,2511

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%)

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern capital ratio

 

 16.9 

 

 16.0 

 16.2 

of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio

 

 11.9 

 

 11.1 

 11.4 

Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity ratio

 

 10.2 

 

 9.9 

 10.1 

Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio

 

 27.1 

 

 25.9 

 26.3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage ratios (%)1

 

 

 

 

 

Going concern leverage ratio

 

 5.3 

 

 5.2 

 5.2 

of which: common equity tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 3.7 

 

 3.6 

 3.6 

Gone concern leverage ratio

 

 3.2 

 

 3.2 

 3.2 

Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio

 

 8.5 

 

 8.4 

 8.4 

1 The leverage ratio denominator (LRD) and leverage ratios for the respective period in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to the “UBS Switzerland AG standalone” section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.

p

 

 

119 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 3   UBS Switzerland AG standalone 

Leverage ratio information

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

CHF billion

 

31.12.21

30.9.21

31.12.201

Leverage ratio denominator

 

 

 

 

Swiss GAAP total assets

 

 320.7 

 319.2 

 316.8 

Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets

 

 2.9 

 3.3 

 4.5 

Less: derivative exposures and SFTs2

 

 (9.6) 

 (11.1) 

 (10.6) 

On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs)

 

 313.9 

 311.4 

 310.7 

Derivative exposures

 

 4.3 

 4.8 

 5.7 

Securities financing transactions

 

 5.4 

 6.2 

 3.8 

Off-balance sheet items

 

 16.5 

 16.5 

 15.2 

Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital

 

 (0.3) 

 (0.3) 

 (0.2) 

Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator)

 

 339.8 

 338.6 

 335.3 

1 The respective period in 2020 does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that applied from 25 March 2020 until 1 January 2021 and was granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital” section of our 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 Report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, for more information.    2 The exposures consist of derivative financial instruments, cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments, receivables from SFTs, and margin loans, as well as prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held for trading, both related to SFTs. These exposures are presented separately under Derivative exposures and Securities financing transactions in this table.

p

  

120 


 

Capital instruments

Quarterly |

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features

 

 

 

 

 

Presented according to issuance date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

Additional tier 1 capital

 

1

Issuer

 

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

 

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland

1a

Instrument number

 

1

 

 2 

 3 

 4 

5

6

7

8

9

2

Unique identifier (e.g., CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement)

 

 

3

Governing law(s) of the instrument

 

Swiss

 

Swiss

3a

Means by which enforceability requirement of Section 13 of the TLAC Term Sheet is achieved (for other TLAC-eligible instruments governed by foreign law)

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Regulatory treatment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Transitional Basel III rules1

 

CET1 – going concern capital

 

Additional tier 1 capital

5

Post-transitional Basel III rules2

 

CET1 – going concern capital

 

Additional tier 1 capital

6

Eligible at solo / group / group and solo

 

UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone

 

UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone

7

Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

 

Ordinary shares

 

Loan3

8

Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in millions, as of most recent reporting date)1

 

CHF 10.0

 

CHF 1,000

CHF 825

USD 425

CHF 475

CHF 500

CHF 700

CHF 675

CHF 825

9

Par value of instrument (currency in millions)

 

CHF 10.0

 

CHF 1,000

CHF 825

USD 425

CHF 475

CHF 500

CHF 700

CHF 675

CHF 825

10

Accounting classification4

 

Equity attributable to UBS Switzerland AG shareholders

 

Due to banks held at amortized cost

11

Original date of issuance

 

 

18 December 2017

12 December 2018

12 December 2018

11 December 2019

29 October 2020

11 March 2021

2 June 2021

2 June 2021

12

Perpetual or dated

 

 

Perpetual

13

Original maturity date

 

 

14

Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval

 

 

Yes

 

121 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 3   UBS Switzerland AG standalone 

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Presented according to issuance date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

Additional tier 1 capital

 

15

Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount

 

 

First optional repayment date:

18 December 2022

First optional repayment date:

12 December 2023

First optional repayment date:

12 December 2023

First optional repayment date:

11 December 2024

First optional repayment date:

29 October 2025

First optional repayment date:

11 March 2026

First optional repayment date:

2 June 2026

First optional repayment date:

2 June 2028

 

Repayable at any time after the first optional repayment date.

Repayment subject to FINMA approval. Optional repayment amount: principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Repayable on the first optional repayment date or on any of every second interest payment date thereafter.

Repayment subject to FINMA approval. Optional repayment amount: principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Repayable on the first optional repayment date or on any interest payment date thereafter.

Repayment subject to FINMA approval. Optional repayment amount: principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

16

Subsequent call dates, if applicable

 

 

Early repayment possible due to a tax or regulatory event. Repayment due to a tax event subject to FINMA approval.

Repayment amount: principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest.

                         

 

122 


 

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coupons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

Fixed or floating dividend / coupon

 

 

Floating

18

Coupon rate and any related index

 

 

3-month SARON Compound

+ 250 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month SARON Compound

+ 489 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month SOFR Compound

+ 561 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month SARON Compound

+ 433 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month SARON Compound

+ 397 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month SARON Compound

+ 337 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month SARON Compound

+ 307 bps

per annum quarterly

3-month SARON Compound

+ 308 bps

per annum quarterly

19

Existence of a dividend stopper

 

 

No

20

Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory

 

Fully discretionary

 

Fully discretionary

21

Existence of step-up or other incentive to redeem

 

 

No

22

Non-cumulative or cumulative

 

Non-cumulative

 

Non-cumulative

23

Convertible or non-convertible

 

 

Non-convertible

24

If convertible, conversion trigger(s)

 

 

25

If convertible, fully or partially

 

 

26

If convertible, conversion rate

 

 

27

If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

 

 

28

If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into

 

 

29

If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into

 

 

30

Write-down feature

 

 

Yes

31

If write-down, write-down trigger(s)

 

 

Trigger: CET1 ratio is less than 7%

 

 

FINMA determines a write-down necessary to ensure UBS Switzerland AG’s viability; or UBS Switzerland AG receives a commitment of governmental support that FINMA determines necessary to ensure UBS Switzerland AG’s viability. Subject to applicable conditions.

32

If write-down, fully or partially

 

 

Fully 

33

If write-down, permanent or temporary

 

 

Permanent

34

If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

 

 

34a

Type of subordination

 

Statutory

 

Contractual

35

Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument in the insolvency creditor hierarchy of the legal entity concerned)

 

Unless otherwise stated in the articles of association, once debts are paid back, the assets of the liquidated company are divided between the shareholders pro rata based on their contributions and considering the preferences attached to certain categories of shares (Art. 745, Swiss Code of Obligations)

 

Subject to any obligations that are mandatorily preferred by law, each obligation of UBS Switzerland AG that is unsubordinated or is subordinated and not ranked junior (such as all classes of share capital) or at par (such as tier 1 instruments)

36

Non-compliant transitioned features

 

 

37

If yes, specify non-compliant features

 

 

1 Based on Swiss SRB (including transitional arrangement) requirements.    2 Based on Swiss SRB requirements applicable as of 1 January 2020.    3 Loans granted by UBS AG, Switzerland.    4 As applied in UBS Switzerland AG‘s financial statements under Swiss GAAP.

p

123 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 4   UBS Europe SE consolidated 

Section 4  UBS Europe SE consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components, capital ratios, leverage ratio and liquidity of UBS Europe SE consolidated based on the Pillar 1 requirements.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital decreased by EUR 1.2 billion to EUR 2.8 billion, mainly as a result of the dividend payment to UBS AG in October 2021. Risk-weighted assets decreased by EUR 1.1 billion to EUR 12.3 billion, driven by the decrease in derivatives exposure due to the change in IMM and higher collateral for Lombard loans. Leverage ratio exposure decreased by EUR 0.5 billion to EUR 46.7 billion, mainly reflecting a decrease in derivatives exposure.

The average Liquidity Coverage Ratio (the LCR) increased five percentage points, driven by a EUR 0.3 billion decrease in total net cash outflows. The Net Stable Funding Ratio (the NSFR) remained stable, with a EUR 0.1 billion increase in funding surplus and an improvement in the ratio by two percentage points.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and are agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the respective entity.

 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1

 

 

 

EUR million, except where indicated

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.21

30.9.212

30.6.212

31.3.212

31.12.20

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

 

 2,764 

 3,930 

 3,927 

 3,721 

 3,703 

2

Tier 1

 

 3,054 

 4,220 

 4,217 

 4,011 

 3,993 

3

Total capital

 

 3,054 

 4,220 

 4,217 

 4,011 

 3,993 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 12,328 

 13,472 

 13,119 

 14,022 

 13,175 

4a

Minimum capital requirement3

 

 986 

 1,078 

 1,050 

 1,122 

 1,054 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

CET1 ratio (%)

 

 22.4 

 29.2 

 29.9 

 26.5 

 28.1 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 24.8 

 31.3 

 32.1 

 28.6 

 30.3 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 24.8 

 31.3 

 32.1 

 28.6 

 30.3 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (%)

 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.5 

 2.5 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 0.1 

 0.1 

 0.1 

 0.1 

 0.0 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1 specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.6 

 2.6 

 2.6 

 2.6 

 2.5 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)4

 

 16.8 

 23.4 

 24.1 

 20.7 

 22.3 

Basel III leverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 46,660 

 47,208 

 47,0945

 43,620 

 41,376 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)6

 

 6.5 

 8.9 

 9.05

 9.2 

 9.7 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)7

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

 

 17,143 

 17,108 

 17,106 

 17,175 

 17,074 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 10,091 

 10,373 

 10,684 

 11,003 

 11,334 

17

LCR (%)

 

 170 

 165 

 161 

 157 

 151 

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)8

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

Total available stable funding

 

 15,358 

 15,458 

 15,816 

 

 

19

Total required stable funding

 

 8,963 

 9,160 

 9,631 

 

 

20

NSFR (%)

 

 171 

 169 

 164 

 

 

1 Based on applicable EU regulatory rules.    2 Comparative figures have been restated to align with the regulatory reports as submitted to the European Central Bank (the ECB).    3 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    4 This represents the CET1 ratio that is available for meeting buffer requirements. It is calculated as the CET1 ratio minus 4.5% and after considering, where applicable, CET1 capital that has been used to meet tier 1 and / or total capital ratio requirements under Pillar 1.    5 Comparative figures have been adjusted following the initial CRR II go-live to align with the regulatory reports as submitted to the European Central Bank (the ECB).    6 On the basis of tier 1 capital.    7 Figures are calculated on a twelve-month average.    8 The local disclosure requirement for the net stable funding ratio came into force in June 2021.   

p

  

124 


 

Section 5  UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components, capital ratios, leverage ratio and liquidity of UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated, based on the Pillar 1 requirements and in accordance with US Basel III rules.

Effective 1 October 2021, UBS Americas Holding LLC is subject to a stress capital buffer (an SCB) of 7.1%, in addition to minimum capital requirements. The SCB was determined by the Federal Reserve Board following the completion of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (based on Dodd–Frank Act Stress Test (DFAST) results and planned future dividends). The SCB, which replaces the static capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, is subject to change on an annual basis or as otherwise determined by the Federal Reserve Board.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, common equity tier 1 (CET1) decreased by USD 1.8 billion, primarily due to the payment of a dividend to UBS AG. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) increased by USD 1.4 billion to USD 73.0 billion, mainly driven by an increase in market risk RWA. Leverage ratio exposure, calculated on an average basis, increased by USD 12.8 billion to USD 188.2 billion, primarily due to increased cash at the Federal Reserve Bank.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and are agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the respective entity.

 

 

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USD million, except where indicated

 

 

 

31.12.21

 

30.9.21

 

30.6.21

 

31.3.21

 

31.12.20

Available capital (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

 

 13,002 

 

 14,831 

 

 14,477 

 

 14,716 

 

 14,384 

2

Tier 1

 

 17,051 

 

 17,877 

 

 17,523 

 

 17,763 

 

 17,431 

3

Total capital

 

 17,176 

 

 18,485 

 

 18,143 

 

 18,498 

 

 18,166 

Risk-weighted assets (amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

 

 72,979 

 

 71,571 

 

 69,139 

 

 69,481 

 

 63,929 

4a

Minimum capital requirement2

 

 5,838 

 

 5,726 

 

 5,531 

 

 5,558 

 

 5,114 

Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

CET1 ratio (%)

 

 17.8 

 

 20.7 

 

 20.9 

 

 21.2 

 

 22.5 

6

Tier 1 ratio (%)

 

 23.4 

 

 25.0 

 

 25.3 

 

 25.6 

 

 27.3 

7

Total capital ratio (%)

 

 23.5 

 

 25.8 

 

 26.2 

 

 26.6 

 

 28.4 

Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Capital conservation buffer requirement (%)

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

8a

Stress capital buffer requirement (%) 

 

 7.1 

 

 6.7 

 

 6.7 

 

 6.7 

 

 6.7 

9

Countercyclical buffer requirement (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Total of bank CET1 specific buffer requirements (%)

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

 

 2.5 

11a

Total bank specific capital requirements (%)

 

 7.1 

 

 6.7 

 

 6.7 

 

 6.7 

 

 6.7 

12

CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital requirements (%)3

 

 13.3 

 

 16.2 

 

 16.4 

 

 16.7 

 

 18.0 

Basel III leverage ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure

 

 188,246 

 

 175,486 

 

 170,985 

 

 169,386 

 

 154,609 

14

Basel III leverage ratio (%)4

 

 9.1 

 

 10.2 

 

 10.2 

 

 10.5 

 

 11.3 

14a

Total Basel III supplementary leverage ratio exposure measure5

 

 212,167 

 

 199,073 

 

 195,617 

 

 159,587 

 

 150,019 

14b

Basel III supplementary leverage ratio (%)4,5

 

 8.0 

 

 9.0 

 

 9.0 

 

 11.1 

 

 11.6 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

 

 32,371 

 

 30,058 

 

 29,029 

 

 

 

 

16

Total net cash outflow

 

 21,995 

 

 19,548 

 

 17,509 

 

 

 

 

17

LCR (%)

 

 147 

 

 154 

 

 166 

 

 

 

 

1 The liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) requirement became effective as of 1 January 2021 and the related disclosure requirement in the second quarter of 2021. The net stable funding ratio (the NSFR) requirement became effective as of 1 July 2021 and related disclosures will come into effect in the second quarter of 2023.    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 This represents the CET1 ratio that is available for meeting buffer requirements. It is calculated as the CET1 ratio minus 4.5%.    4 On the basis of tier 1 capital.    5 US Regulatory authorities temporarily eased the requirements for the SLR, permitting the exclusion of US Treasury securities and deposits with the Federal Reserve Banks from the SLR denominator through March 2021. This exclusion resulted in an increase in the SLR of 187 bps on 31 March 2021 and 170 bps on 31 December 2020.    6 Figures are calculated on a quarterly average.

p

 

125 


Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups | Section 5   UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated 

Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semi-annual | The TLAC2 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of UBS Americas Holding LLC on a standalone basis.

As of 31 December 2021, UBS Americas Holding LLC had a total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) of USD 24,051 million after regulatory capital deductions and adjustments. This amount included tier 1 capital of USD 17,051 million and USD 7,000 million of internal long-term debt, which is eligible as internal TLAC, issued to UBS AG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the UBS Group AG resolution entity.

 

Semi-annual |

TLAC2: Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level 

As of 31.12.21

 

Creditor ranking

 

Total

USD million

 

1

2

3

4

 

 

1

Is the resolution entity the creditor / investor?

 

No

No

No

No

 

 

2

Description of creditor ranking

 

Common Equity (most junior)1

Preferred Shares (Additional tier 1)

Subordinated debt

Unsecured loans and other pari passu liabilities (most senior)

 

 

3

Total capital and liabilities net of credit risk mitigation

 

 22,935 

 4,150 

 0 

 32,602 

 

 59,687 

4

Subset of row 3 that are excluded liabilities

 

 

 

 

 469 

 

 469 

5

Total capital and liabilities less excluded liabilities (row 3 minus row 4)

 

 22,935 

 4,150 

 0 

 32,133 

 

 59,218 

6

Subset of row 5 that are eligible as TLAC

 

 22,935 

 4,150 

 

 7,000 

 

 34,085 

7

Subset of row 6 with 1 year ≤ residual maturity < 2 years

 

 

 

 

 0 

 

 

8

Subset of row 6 with 2 years ≤ residual maturity < 5 years

 

 

 

 

 6,300 

 

 6,300 

9

Subset of row 6 with 5 years ≤ residual maturity < 10 years

 

 

 

 

 700 

 

 700 

10

Subset of row 6 with residual maturity ≥ 10 years, but excluded perpetual securities

 

 

 

 

 0 

 

 

11

Subset of row 6 that is perpetual securities

 

 22,935 

 4,150 

 

 

 

 27,085 

1 Equity attributable to shareholders, which includes share premium and reserves.

p

126 


 

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports

 

A

ABS                 asset-backed securities

AEI                  automatic exchange of information

AGM               Annual General Meeting of shareholders

A-IRB              advanced internal
ratings-based

AIV                  alternative investment vehicle

ALCO              Asset and Liability Committee

AMA               advanced measurement approach

AML                anti-money laundering

AoA                Articles of Association

APAC              Asia Pacific

APM                alternative performance measure

ARR                 alternative reference rate

ARS                 auction rate securities

ASF                 available stable funding

AT1                 additional tier 1

AuM               assets under management

 

B

BCBS               Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision

BEAT               base erosion and anti-abuse tax

BIS                   Bank for International Settlements

BoD                 Board of Directors

BVG                Swiss occupational
pension plan

 

C

CAO                Capital Adequacy Ordinance

CCAR              Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCF                 credit conversion factor

CCP                 central counterparty

CCR                counterparty credit risk

CCRC              Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee

CCyB               countercyclical capital buffer

CDO                collateralized debt
obligation

CDS                 credit default swap

CEA                 Commodity Exchange Act

 


CEM                current exposure method

CEO                Chief Executive Officer

CET1               common equity tier 1

CFO                 Chief Financial Officer

CFTC               US Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CHF                 Swiss franc

CIC                  Corporate & Institutional Clients

CIO                 Chief Investment Office

CLS                 Continuous Linked Settlement

CMBS             commercial mortgage-backed security

C&ORC           Compliance & Operational Risk Control

CRD IV            EU Capital Requirements Directive of 2013

CRM               credit risk mitigation (credit risk) or comprehensive risk measure (market risk)

CRR                 Capital Requirements Regulation

CST                 combined stress test

CVA                credit valuation adjustment

 

D

DBO                defined benefit obligation

DCCP              Deferred Contingent Capital Plan

DJSI                 Dow Jones Sustainability Indices

DM                  discount margin

DOJ                 US Department of Justice

D-SIB               domestic systemically important bank

DTA                 deferred tax asset

DVA                debit valuation adjustment

 

E

EAD                 exposure at default

EB                    Executive Board

EBA                 European Banking Authority

EC                   European Commission

ECB                 European Central Bank

ECL                  expected credit loss

EEPE                effective expected positive exposure

EIR                   effective interest rate

EL                    expected loss

EMEA              Europe, Middle East and Africa

EOP                 Equity Ownership Plan


EPS                  earnings per share

ESG                 environmental, social and governance

ETD                 exchange-traded derivatives

ETF                  exchange-traded fund

EU                   European Union

EUR                 euro

Euribor           Euro Interbank Offered Rate

EVE                  economic value of equity

EY                    Ernst & Young (Ltd)

 

F

FA                    financial advisor

FCA                 UK Financial Conduct
Authority

FCT                  foreign currency translation

FINMA            Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority

FMIA               Swiss Financial Market Infrastructure Act

FSB                  Financial Stability Board

FTA                  Swiss Federal Tax Administration

FVA                 funding valuation adjustment

FVOCI             fair value through other comprehensive income

FVTPL              fair value through profit or loss

FX                    foreign exchange

 

G

GAAP              generally accepted
accounting principles

GBP                 pound sterling

GDP                gross domestic product

GEB                 Group Executive Board

GIA                 Group Internal Audit

GIIPS               Greece, Italy, Ireland,
Portugal and Spain

GMD               Group Managing Director

GRI                  Global Reporting Initiative

GSE                 government-sponsored entities

G-SIB              global systemically important bank

 

H

HQLA              high-quality liquid assets

HR                   human resources

 

127 


Appendix 

 

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued)

 

I

IAA                  internal assessment approach

IAS                  International Accounting Standards

IASB                International Accounting Standards Board

IBOR                Interbank Offered Rate

IFRIC               International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee

IFRS                 International Financial Reporting Standards

IHC                  intermediate holding company

IMA                 internal models approach

IMM                internal model method

IRB                  internal ratings-based

IRC                  incremental risk charge

IRRBB              interest rate risk in the banking book

ISDA                International Swaps and Derivatives Association

 

K

KRT                 Key Risk Taker

 

L

LAS                  liquidity-adjusted stress

LCR                 liquidity coverage ratio

LGD                 loss given default

LIBOR              London Interbank Offered Rate

LLC                  limited liability company

LRD                 leverage ratio denominator

LTIP                 Long-Term Incentive Plan

LTV                  loan-to-value

 

M

M&A               mergers and acquisitions

MiFID II           Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II

MRT                Material Risk Taker

 

N

NAV                net asset value

NCL                 Non-core and Legacy Portfolio

 


NII                   net interest income

NRV                 negative replacement value

NSFR               net stable funding ratio

NYSE               New York Stock Exchange

 

O

OCA                own credit adjustment

OCI                 other comprehensive income

OTC                over-the-counter

 

P

PD                   probability of default   

PFE                  potential future exposure

PIT                   point in time

P&L                  profit or loss

POCI               purchased or originated credit-impaired

PRA                 UK Prudential Regulation Authority

PRV                 positive replacement value

 

Q

QCCP              qualifying central counterparty

QRRE              qualifying revolving retail exposures

 

R

RBA                 role-based allowances

RBC                 risk-based capital

RbM                risk-based monitoring

RMBS              residential mortgage-backed securities

RniV                risks not in VaR

RoAE               return on attributed equity

RoCET1           return on CET1 capital

RoTE               return on tangible equity

RoU                 right-of-use

RV                   replacement value

RW                  risk weight

RWA               risk-weighted assets

 

S

SA                   standardized approach

SA-CCR          standardized approach for counterparty credit risk


SBC                 Swiss Bank Corporation

SDG                Sustainable Development Goal

SE                    structured entity

SEC                 US Securities and Exchange Commission

SEEOP             Senior Executive Equity Ownership Plan

SFT                  securities financing transaction

SI                     sustainable investing

SICR                significant increase in credit risk

SIX                   SIX Swiss Exchange

SME                small and medium-sized entity

SMF                 Senior Management Function

SNB                 Swiss National Bank

SPPI                 solely payments of principal and interest

SRB                 systemically relevant bank

SRM                specific risk measure

SVaR               stressed value-at-risk

 

T

TBTF                too big to fail

TCJA               US Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

TLAC               total loss-absorbing capacity

TTC                 through-the-cycle

 

U

UBS RESI         UBS Real Estate Securities Inc.

UoM               units of measure

USD                 US dollar

 

V

VaR                 value-at-risk

VAT                 value added tax

 

W

WEKO             Swiss Competition Commission

 

 

This is a general list of the abbreviations frequently used in our financial reporting. Not all of the listed abbreviations may appear in this particular report.

128 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cautionary Statement | This report and the information contained herein are provided solely for information purposes, and are not to be construed as solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any securities or other financial instruments in Switzerland, the United States or any other jurisdiction. No investment decision relating to securities of or relating to UBS Group AG, UBS AG or their affiliates should be made on the basis of this report. Refer to UBS’s most recent Annual Report on Form 20-F, quarterly reports and other information furnished to or filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 6-K, available at ubs.com/investors, for additional information.

Rounding | Numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to the totals provided in the tables and text. Percentages and percent changes disclosed in text and tables are calculated on the basis of unrounded figures. Absolute changes between reporting periods disclosed in the text, which can be derived from numbers presented in related tables, are calculated on a rounded basis.

Tables | Within tables, blank fields generally indicate non-applicability or that presentation of any content would not be meaningful, or that information is not available as of the relevant date or for the relevant period. Zero values generally indicate that the respective figure is zero on an actual or rounded basis. Values that are zero on a rounded basis can be either negative or positive on an actual basis.

129 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UBS Group AG

P.O. Box

CH-8098 Zurich

 

ubs.com

 

 

 


 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

UBS Group AG

 

 

 

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________ 

Name:  David Kelly

Title:    Managing Director

 

 

 

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________ 

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

 

 

UBS AG

 

 

 

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________ 

Name:  David Kelly

Title:    Managing Director

 

 

 

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________ 

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

 

 

 

 

Date:  March 7, 2022